1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
130 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
437 \change_inserted 1 1269457017
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 Actually, that isn't quite true.
442 Some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that produces PDFs and
443 the like, and any LyX document can be outupt as plain text or as XHTML.
444 Still, most of the documents people edit in LyX use LaTeX as the backend,
445 and so exporting these documents to PDF, or printing them, requires you
446 to have LaTeX properly installed.
449 \begin_layout Standard
451 \change_inserted 1 1269457113
452 Moreover, specific document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook
454 Again, such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
460 \change_inserted 1 1269457161
463 packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file you can
466 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 \change_inserted 1 1269457187
487 If you are missing packages you need, then
490 \change_deleted 1 1269457188
492 \change_inserted 1 1269457189
495 ou should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
496 \begin_inset Note Note
499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
500 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
508 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
509 More about TeX Code is described in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
520 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
527 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
537 \begin_inset Index idx
540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
541 Reconfiguration of LyX
547 \change_inserted 1 1269457202
548 See section 5.1 of the
552 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
557 \begin_layout Chapter
561 \begin_layout Section
562 Basic File Operations
563 \begin_inset Index idx
566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
575 \begin_layout Standard
580 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
581 in addition to some more advanced operations:
584 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_inset Graphics
589 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
597 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_inset Graphics
622 filename ../images/file-open.png
623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_inset Graphics
643 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
651 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Itemize
703 \begin_inset Graphics
704 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
705 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
712 \begin_layout Itemize
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
720 a few minor differences.
723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
738 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
739 you for a template to use.
740 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
741 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
742 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
750 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
757 \begin_layout Standard
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
782 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
783 space is just that — a big, blank space.
786 \begin_layout Standard
807 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
812 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
837 will reload the document from disk.
838 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
839 and want to restore it to the last save.
848 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
849 can identify them as your changes.
852 \begin_layout Section
853 Basic Editing Features
854 \begin_inset Index idx
857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
866 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
875 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
876 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
877 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
879 We'll start with cut and paste.
882 \begin_layout Standard
883 As you might expect, the
887 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
888 various other editing features.
889 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
893 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_inset Graphics
900 filename ../images/cut.png
901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
908 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_inset Graphics
915 filename ../images/copy.png
916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
923 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_inset Graphics
930 filename ../images/paste.png
931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
938 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_layout Itemize
972 \begin_inset Graphics
973 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
982 \begin_layout Standard
983 The first three are self-explanatory.
984 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
985 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
994 keys also functions as the
999 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1000 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1001 You'll have to do an
1005 to get back the lost text.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1009 \begin_inset Index idx
1012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1018 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1030 \begin_layout Standard
1033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1038 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1055 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1064 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1065 will start a new paragraph.
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 \begin_inset Index idx
1082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1114 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1119 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1131 \begin_inset space ~
1136 button to skip the current word.
1140 \begin_inset space ~
1145 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1149 \begin_inset space ~
1154 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1156 If the toggle is set, searching for
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 will not match the word
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 Match whole words only
1185 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1216 \begin_layout Standard
1217 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1218 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1220 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1225 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1232 \begin_layout Section
1234 \begin_inset Index idx
1237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1256 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1263 \begin_layout Standard
1264 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1265 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1271 or the toolbar button
1272 \begin_inset Graphics
1273 filename ../images/undo.png
1274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1278 to undo some mistake.
1279 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1284 or the toolbar button
1285 \begin_inset Graphics
1286 filename ../images/redo.png
1287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1303 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1306 \begin_layout Standard
1307 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1316 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1317 This is a consequence of the 100
1318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1321 step undo limit, above.
1324 \begin_layout Standard
1333 work on almost everything in LyX.
1334 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1338 \begin_layout Section
1340 \begin_inset Index idx
1343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1352 \begin_layout Standard
1353 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1356 \begin_layout Enumerate
1361 \begin_layout Itemize
1366 once anywhere in the edit window.
1367 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1371 \begin_layout Enumerate
1376 \begin_layout Itemize
1382 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1385 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1388 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1391 \begin_layout Itemize
1392 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1394 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 \begin_layout Enumerate
1402 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1406 \begin_layout Standard
1407 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1408 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1412 \begin_layout Enumerate
1417 \begin_layout Standard
1422 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1427 \begin_layout Section
1429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1431 name "sec:Navigating"
1436 \begin_inset Index idx
1439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1452 \begin_layout Itemize
1457 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1458 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1461 \begin_layout Itemize
1464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 or the toolbar button
1468 \begin_inset Graphics
1469 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1477 \begin_layout Standard
1478 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1479 (TOC) that is described in section
1480 \begin_inset space ~
1484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1486 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1491 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1492 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1493 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1494 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1495 to the document, see section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1502 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1511 option sorts the current list, and the
1515 option keeps it in the current view state.
1516 Keeping means that when you have e.
1517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1521 \begin_inset space \space{}
1524 the subsections of section
1525 \begin_inset space ~
1528 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1532 3, the subsections of section
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1536 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1541 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1542 \begin_inset space ~
1548 \begin_layout Standard
1550 \begin_inset space \space{}
1554 \begin_inset Graphics
1555 filename ../images/down.png
1556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1561 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1566 \begin_inset space \space{}
1570 \begin_inset Graphics
1571 filename ../images/up.png
1572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1577 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1581 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1583 So you can for example move section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1594 \begin_inset Graphics
1595 filename ../images/promote.png
1596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1601 \begin_inset Graphics
1602 filename ../images/demote.png
1603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1607 or the corresponding key bindings
1615 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1616 So you can for example make section
1617 \begin_inset space ~
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1625 \begin_inset space ~
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1633 \begin_inset Graphics
1634 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1635 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1640 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1641 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1642 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1643 go back to your last editing position.
1646 \begin_layout Section
1648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1658 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1663 \begin_inset Index idx
1666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_inset Index idx
1676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1707 \begin_layout Standard
1708 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1710 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1711 is used to propose completions.
1714 \begin_layout Standard
1715 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1716 there are completions available.
1717 You can then press the
1721 key to use this completion.
1722 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1723 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1724 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1731 \begin_layout Standard
1732 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1734 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1737 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1739 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1742 by deselecting the option
1749 Automatic inline completion
1751 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1752 To accept this proposal, use the
1761 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1762 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1770 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1777 \begin_layout Section
1779 \begin_inset Index idx
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_inset Index idx
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_inset Index idx
1824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1855 \begin_layout Standard
1856 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1857 LyX's default is CUA.
1860 \begin_layout Standard
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1893 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1897 \begin_layout Labeling
1898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1903 LatexCommand nomenclature
1905 description "Tabulator key"
1911 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1912 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1913 \begin_inset space ~
1917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1919 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1926 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1930 , especially section
1931 \begin_inset space ~
1935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1937 reference "sub:Lists"
1943 If you're still confused, look in the
1950 \begin_layout Labeling
1951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1955 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1956 LatexCommand nomenclature
1958 description "Escape key"
1965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1972 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1973 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1976 \begin_layout Labeling
1977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1983 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
1994 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1995 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1999 \begin_layout Standard
2000 There are three modifier keys:
2003 \begin_layout Labeling
2004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2022 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2023 LatexCommand nomenclature
2025 description "Control key"
2029 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2030 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2034 \begin_layout Itemize
2043 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2046 \begin_layout Itemize
2055 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2058 \begin_layout Itemize
2067 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2071 \begin_layout Labeling
2072 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2090 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2091 LatexCommand nomenclature
2093 description "Shift key"
2097 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2098 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2101 \begin_layout Labeling
2102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2120 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2121 LatexCommand nomenclature
2123 description "Alt or Meta key"
2127 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2128 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2129 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2135 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2137 menu accelerator keys
2140 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2141 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2145 \begin_layout Standard
2146 For example, the sequence
2147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2153 \begin_inset space ~
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset space ~
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2190 \begin_inset space ~
2196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2206 \begin_layout Standard
2211 manual lists all other things bound to the
2219 \begin_layout Standard
2220 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2221 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2222 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2223 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2224 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2225 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2226 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2227 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2243 followed by a capital
2250 \begin_layout Standard
2251 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2253 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2258 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2261 as explained in sec.
2262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2268 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2275 \begin_layout Chapter
2277 \begin_inset Index idx
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2289 \begin_layout Section
2291 \begin_inset Index idx
2294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2303 \begin_layout Subsection
2307 \begin_layout Standard
2308 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2309 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2310 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2311 numbering schemes, and so on.
2312 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2313 and format the title of your document differently.
2316 \begin_layout Standard
2321 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2322 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2323 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2324 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2325 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2330 how to adjust their properties.
2333 \begin_layout Subsection
2335 \begin_inset Index idx
2338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2347 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2355 You can select a class using the
2357 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2359 \change_inserted 1 1269457473
2360 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
2364 \begin_inset Index idx
2367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2376 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Article for basic articles
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 Report for basic reports
2397 \begin_layout Description
2398 Book for writing a book
2401 \begin_layout Description
2402 Letter for US-style letters
2405 \begin_layout Standard
2406 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2407 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2408 will include many of these.
2409 Here are some of the classes.
2410 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2412 Special Document Classes
2421 \begin_layout Description
2422 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2425 \begin_layout Description
2432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2441 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2447 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2448 There are three article layouts available.
2449 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2450 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2451 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2452 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2457 sequential numbering
2458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2461 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2462 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2463 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2464 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Beamer Layout for presentations
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2473 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2477 \begin_layout Description
2479 \begin_inset space ~
2482 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2489 \begin_layout Description
2492 Die TeXnische Komödie
2494 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Foils Used to make transparencies
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2511 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2517 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2530 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2537 \begin_layout Description
2542 LaTeX document class
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2549 \begin_layout Description
2554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2561 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2562 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2564 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2567 \begin_layout Description
2568 Slides Used to make transparencies
2571 \begin_layout Description
2573 \begin_inset space ~
2576 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2577 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2580 \begin_layout Description
2581 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2584 \begin_layout Description
2589 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2595 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2601 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2602 of the document classes.
2603 \change_inserted 1 1269457401
2607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2609 \change_inserted 1 1269457704
2610 Why Is My Document Class `Unavailable'?
2613 \begin_layout Standard
2615 \change_inserted 1 1269458954
2616 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2619 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2620 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2622 \begin_inset Index idx
2625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2627 \change_inserted 1 1269457484
2636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2644 Or they are surprised that, when they try to open the
2648 template, they receive a message saying that the document class requires
2649 external files to produce output, files that are not installed.
2650 Surely something is wrong.
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2656 \change_inserted 1 1269458991
2658 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2659 and some of them, like
2663 (which is used for screenplays), are highly specialized.
2664 Indeed, we want LyX to support as many different types of documents as
2665 possible, and, as of LyX 2.0, it includes almost one hundred different layout
2666 files, with the number growing all the time.
2667 No sensible LaTeX distribution will install all of the different files
2668 that might be needed by some LyX document class by default.
2669 There are too many, and they are too various.
2670 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2677 \change_inserted 1 1269459048
2678 So, if there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2679 `Unavailable', all you need to do is install the appropriate class or package
2681 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to try selecting
2682 that document class.
2683 LyX will display a dialog that, among other things, will list the missing
2685 Most TeX distributions now include a See section 5.1 of the
2689 manual for information on how to install them.
2692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2694 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2695 I Need a Document Class That Isn't Even Listed
2698 \begin_layout Standard
2700 \change_inserted 1 1269459092
2701 Although, as said, LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents,
2702 it does not include support for every document class people might want
2704 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2705 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2706 For example, the LaTeX document class
2710 is used for dissertations at the University of California.
2711 The LyX team cannot write `layout files' to support every one of these.
2715 \begin_layout Standard
2717 \change_inserted 1 1269459143
2718 Fortunately, however, users can write their own layout files, and many users
2720 Sometimes, this is quite easy, but sometimes it can be quite hard.
2725 manual contains information on how to add support for your favorite document
2731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2740 \begin_inset Index idx
2743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2754 chosen document class.
2755 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2756 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2767 \begin_inset Index idx
2770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2777 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2779 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2783 \begin_layout Standard
2785 \change_inserted 1 1269456922
2786 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2787 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2788 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2789 be able to export PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be able
2790 to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2791 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2792 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2794 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2798 \begin_inset Index idx
2801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2804 Reconfiguration of LyX
2809 See section 5.1 of the
2813 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2818 \begin_layout Standard
2819 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2827 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2828 LyX will advise you about these things.
2836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2840 \begin_layout Standard
2841 Each class has a default set of options.
2842 Here's a quick table describing them:
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset Tabular
2855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2856 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 \begin_layout Standard
3316 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3322 \begin_layout Standard
3323 You're probably also wondering what
3324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3328 \begin_inset space ~
3332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3336 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3337 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3342 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3347 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3357 headings, there are also
3365 headings, and so on.
3366 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3367 \begin_inset space ~
3371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3373 reference "sub:Headings"
3380 \begin_layout Subsection
3382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3384 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3389 \begin_inset Index idx
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 \begin_inset Index idx
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3413 \begin_layout Standard
3414 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3427 \begin_inset space ~
3432 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3434 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3435 to use for your document.
3436 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3440 \begin_layout Standard
3447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3453 \begin_inset space ~
3458 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3459 You can choose between the following five options:
3462 \begin_layout Labeling
3463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3468 Use default page style of current class.
3471 \begin_layout Labeling
3472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3477 No page numbers or headings.
3480 \begin_layout Labeling
3481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3489 \begin_layout Labeling
3490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3495 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3496 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3497 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3500 \begin_layout Labeling
3501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3506 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3512 \begin_inset Index idx
3515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3516 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3522 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3523 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3525 Check the documentation for the
3529 package for more details,
3530 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3539 \begin_layout Standard
3544 of paragraphs is described in section
3545 \begin_inset space ~
3549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3551 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3558 \begin_layout Subsection
3559 Paper Size and Orientation
3560 \begin_inset Index idx
3563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 Document ! Paper size
3570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3572 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3579 \begin_layout Standard
3580 You'll find the following options in the menu
3583 \begin_inset space ~
3588 of the dialog of the
3590 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3596 \begin_inset Index idx
3599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3608 \begin_layout Labeling
3609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 \begin_inset space ~
3618 What size paper to print on.
3622 \begin_layout Itemize
3628 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 \begin_layout Itemize
3644 \begin_layout Itemize
3650 \begin_layout Itemize
3656 \begin_layout Itemize
3662 \begin_layout Itemize
3668 \begin_layout Labeling
3669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3674 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3685 \begin_layout Labeling
3686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3690 \begin_inset space ~
3695 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3696 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3699 \begin_layout Subsection
3701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3708 \begin_inset Index idx
3711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 \begin_inset Index idx
3721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3730 \begin_layout Standard
3731 Paper margins are set in the menu
3733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3737 \begin_inset Index idx
3740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3749 \begin_layout Standard
3750 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3751 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3752 the paper format and the font size into account.
3755 \begin_layout Subsection
3759 \begin_layout Standard
3760 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3765 That includes the paragraph environments.
3766 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3767 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3768 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3769 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3778 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3780 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3781 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3782 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3785 \begin_layout Section
3786 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3787 \begin_inset Index idx
3790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3791 Paragraph ! Indentation
3799 \begin_layout Subsection
3801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3803 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3810 \begin_layout Standard
3811 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3812 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3815 \begin_layout Standard
3816 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3817 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3818 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3819 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3823 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3829 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3830 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3831 language than English.
3832 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3836 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3837 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3839 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3840 LyX takes care of that.
3841 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3843 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3844 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3845 of a page, and so on.
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3850 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3855 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3856 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3860 of these pre-coded spacings.
3861 We'll explain more later.
3864 \begin_layout Subsection
3865 Paragraph Separation
3866 \begin_inset Index idx
3869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3870 Paragraph ! Separation
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 To separate paragraphs, select
3890 \begin_inset space ~
3897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3901 \begin_inset Index idx
3904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3910 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3911 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3912 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3926 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3927 \begin_inset space ~
3931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3933 reference "cap:Units"
3938 The default length is 30
3939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3945 \begin_layout Subsection
3949 \begin_layout Standard
3950 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3955 \begin_inset space ~
3960 dialog and toggle the
3963 \begin_inset space ~
3968 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3971 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3975 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3976 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3980 \begin_layout Standard
3981 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3982 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3985 \begin_layout Subsection
3987 \begin_inset Index idx
3990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3991 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3999 \begin_layout Standard
4002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset Index idx
4009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4018 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4021 \begin_inset space ~
4030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4031 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4036 \begin_inset Index idx
4039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4040 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4045 installed to use this feature.
4053 \begin_layout Section
4054 Paragraph Environments
4055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4057 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4062 \begin_inset Index idx
4065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4066 Paragraph ! Environments
4072 \begin_inset Index idx
4075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4076 Paragraph environments|(
4084 \begin_layout Subsection
4088 \begin_layout Standard
4089 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4092 \begin_layout Standard
4111 \begin_inset Newline newline
4114 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4115 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4116 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4125 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4129 A paragraph environment is simply a
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4137 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4138 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4139 scheme, labels, and so on.
4140 Additionally, you can
4141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4148 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4149 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4150 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4151 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4152 days of typewriters.
4153 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4155 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4160 \begin_inset Graphics
4161 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4167 at the left end of the toolbar.
4168 LyX will change the environment of the
4172 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4173 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4174 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4178 \begin_layout Standard
4187 create a new paragraph using the
4191 paragraph environment.
4193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4200 because if you are in one of these environments:
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4215 \begin_layout Itemize
4221 \begin_layout Itemize
4227 \begin_layout Itemize
4233 \begin_layout Itemize
4239 \begin_layout Itemize
4245 \begin_layout Standard
4246 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4250 , rather than resetting it to
4255 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4256 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4257 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4258 \begin_inset space ~
4262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4264 reference "sec:Nesting"
4269 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4274 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4275 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4279 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4285 \begin_layout Subsection
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 The default paragraph environment is
4295 It creates a plain paragraph.
4296 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4297 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4298 this manual) are in the
4305 \begin_layout Standard
4306 You can nest a paragraph using the
4310 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4318 \begin_layout Subsection
4320 \begin_inset Index idx
4323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4332 \begin_layout Standard
4333 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4342 for thanks or contact information.
4343 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4344 page along with today's date.
4345 For other types of documents, the title
4346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4353 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4357 \begin_layout Standard
4358 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4372 Here's how you use them:
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 Put the title of your document in the
4383 \begin_layout Itemize
4384 Put the author name in the
4391 \begin_layout Itemize
4392 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4393 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4399 Note that using this environment is optional.
4400 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4401 If you don't want any date, add the line
4402 \begin_inset Newline newline
4412 \begin_inset Newline newline
4415 to the preamble of your document (menu
4417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 You can use footnotes to insert
4425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4432 or contact information.
4435 \begin_layout Subsection
4437 \begin_inset Index idx
4440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4457 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4458 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4463 \begin_inset Index idx
4466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4467 Section headings ! Numbered
4475 \begin_layout Standard
4476 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4480 \begin_layout Enumerate
4486 \begin_layout Enumerate
4492 \begin_layout Enumerate
4498 \begin_layout Enumerate
4504 \begin_layout Enumerate
4510 \begin_layout Enumerate
4516 \begin_layout Enumerate
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4524 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4525 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4528 \begin_layout Standard
4529 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4530 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4531 You group the book into chapters.
4532 LyX does similar grouping:
4535 \begin_layout Itemize
4540 is divided in either
4551 \begin_layout Itemize
4563 \begin_layout Itemize
4575 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4599 \begin_layout Itemize
4611 \begin_layout Standard
4612 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4620 Not all document types use the
4624 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4629 is the top-level heading.
4637 \begin_layout Standard
4642 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4643 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4645 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4659 \begin_inset Index idx
4662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4663 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4676 \begin_layout Enumerate
4682 \begin_layout Enumerate
4688 \begin_layout Enumerate
4694 \begin_layout Enumerate
4700 \begin_layout Enumerate
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4716 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4717 table of contents, see section
4718 \begin_inset space ~
4722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4732 Changing the Numbering
4733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4735 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4742 \begin_layout Standard
4743 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4744 in the Table of Contents.
4745 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4747 Certain classes start with
4761 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4771 This is something you can change.
4774 \begin_layout Standard
4777 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4783 \begin_inset Index idx
4786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4797 \begin_inset space ~
4801 \begin_inset space ~
4806 you'll see two counters.
4811 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4813 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4818 Short Titles of Headings
4819 \begin_inset Index idx
4822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4823 Section headings ! Short titles
4832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4841 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4849 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4850 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4851 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4852 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4856 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4857 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4858 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4859 To specify a short title, use the menu
4861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4863 \begin_inset space ~
4869 This will insert a box labeled
4870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4885 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4886 This also works for captions inside floats.
4889 \begin_layout Standard
4890 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4893 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 The following information applies to all section headings:
4901 \begin_layout Itemize
4902 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4905 \begin_layout Itemize
4906 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4909 \begin_layout Itemize
4910 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4913 \begin_layout Itemize
4914 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4917 \begin_layout Subsection
4918 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4922 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4936 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4937 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4938 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4939 the text they contain.
4940 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4948 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4961 when you start a new paragraph.
4962 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4966 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4967 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4968 to change back to the
4972 environment yourself.
4975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4992 \begin_inset Index idx
4995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5004 \begin_layout Standard
5005 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5006 time for the differences.
5015 are identical except for one difference:
5019 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5028 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5031 \begin_layout Standard
5032 Here's an example of the
5045 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5047 See – no indentation!
5051 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5052 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5053 the other paragraph.
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Here's another example, this time in the
5064 \begin_layout Quotation
5070 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5071 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5072 the first line, then
5076 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5080 you were quoting other text.
5083 \begin_layout Quotation
5084 Here's a new paragraph.
5085 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5086 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5089 \begin_layout Standard
5090 As the examples show,
5094 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5095 They should put quotes in the
5100 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5104 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5113 \begin_inset Index idx
5116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5125 \begin_inset Index idx
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5149 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5155 \begin_inset Newline newline
5158 Which I did not rehearse!
5162 It could be much worse.
5163 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5165 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5166 indented a bit more than the first.
5167 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5173 \begin_inset Newline newline
5176 And make things look fine
5177 \begin_inset Newline newline
5183 arg "newline-insert newline"
5189 \begin_layout Standard
5194 does not indent both margins.
5195 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5196 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5203 arg "newline-insert newline"
5209 \begin_layout Subsection
5211 \begin_inset Index idx
5214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5230 \begin_layout Standard
5231 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5241 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5250 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5251 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5252 some general features of all four of them.
5255 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5259 \begin_layout Standard
5260 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5262 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5271 reset the environment to
5275 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5276 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5277 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5281 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5284 to break paragraphs.
5287 \begin_layout Standard
5288 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5289 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5291 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5292 you read all of section
5293 \begin_inset space ~
5297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5299 reference "sec:Nesting"
5307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5313 \begin_inset Index idx
5316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5332 \begin_layout Standard
5333 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5337 paragraph environment.
5338 It has the following properties:
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5350 \begin_layout Itemize
5351 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5355 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 The items can have any length.
5357 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5358 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5365 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 environment inside another
5374 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5378 \begin_layout Itemize
5379 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5382 \begin_layout Itemize
5383 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5386 \begin_layout Itemize
5388 \begin_inset space ~
5392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5394 reference "sec:Nesting"
5398 for a full explanation of nesting.
5402 \begin_layout Standard
5403 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5412 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5416 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5417 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 The label for the first level
5425 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 The label for the second level is a dash.
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5440 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5444 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 Back out to the third level.
5449 \begin_layout Itemize
5450 Back to the second level.
5454 \begin_layout Itemize
5455 Back to the outermost level.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5459 These are the default labels for an
5464 You can customize these labels in the
5466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5469 dialog in the submenu
5476 \begin_inset Index idx
5479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5489 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5490 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5492 \begin_inset space ~
5496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5498 reference "sec:Nesting"
5505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset Index idx
5514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5523 name "sec:Enumerate"
5530 \begin_layout Standard
5535 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5536 It has these properties:
5539 \begin_layout Enumerate
5540 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5549 \begin_layout Enumerate
5550 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5553 \begin_layout Enumerate
5558 environment resets the counter to one.
5561 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5575 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5576 Items can have any length.
5579 \begin_layout Enumerate
5580 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5584 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5587 \begin_layout Enumerate
5588 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5592 \begin_layout Standard
5601 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5602 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 The first level of an
5614 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Back to the third level
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Back to the second level.
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Back to the outermost level.
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5653 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5658 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5663 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5668 There is more to nesting
5672 environments than we've stated here.
5673 You should read section
5674 \begin_inset space ~
5678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5680 reference "sec:Nesting"
5684 to learn more about nesting.
5687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5693 \begin_inset Index idx
5696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5710 list has no fixed label.
5711 Instead, LyX uses the first
5712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5719 of the first line as the label.
5723 \begin_layout Description
5724 Example: This is an example of the
5731 \begin_layout Standard
5732 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5736 \begin_layout Standard
5738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5745 it is meant that the first hit of the
5749 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5751 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5759 arg "space-insert protected"
5764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5765 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5767 \begin_inset space ~
5773 \begin_inset space ~
5777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5779 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5783 for more info.) Here is an example:
5786 \begin_layout Description
5788 \begin_inset space ~
5791 Example: This one shows how to use a
5794 \begin_inset space ~
5806 \begin_layout Description
5807 Usage: You should use the
5811 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5812 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5814 It's not a good idea to use a
5818 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5819 You're better off using
5831 paragraphs into them.
5834 \begin_layout Description
5835 Nesting: You can nest
5839 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5843 \begin_layout Standard
5844 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5845 them from the first line.
5848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5854 \begin_inset Index idx
5857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5866 \begin_layout Standard
5871 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5874 \begin_layout Standard
5875 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5883 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5888 environment is named
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5909 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5910 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5913 \begin_layout Labeling
5914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5916 \begin_inset space ~
5919 labels LyX uses the first
5920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5927 of each line as the item label.
5932 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5933 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5934 blank as described above.
5937 \begin_layout Labeling
5938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5940 the body of the item text.
5941 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5942 label width plus a little extra space.
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 \begin_inset space ~
5952 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5954 If the label width is larger, the label
5955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5962 into the first line.
5963 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5964 margin of the rest of the item text.
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space ~
5973 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5978 environment have the same left margin.
5979 \begin_inset Newline newline
5982 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5996 \begin_inset space ~
6001 determines the default label width.
6002 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6011 multiple times instead.
6012 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6021 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6024 \begin_inset space ~
6029 every time you alter a label in a
6034 \begin_inset Newline newline
6037 The predefined default width is the length of
6038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6047 \begin_inset Newline newline
6051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6059 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6060 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6068 \begin_layout Standard
6073 environment the same way like the
6077 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6083 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6087 \begin_layout Standard
6092 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6094 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6096 \begin_inset space ~
6100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6102 reference "sec:Nesting"
6106 to learn about nesting.
6109 \begin_layout Standard
6110 There is yet another feature of the
6114 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6116 You can use additional
6120 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6125 are documented in section
6126 \begin_inset space ~
6130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6132 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6137 Here are some examples:
6138 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6144 \begin_layout Labeling
6145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6146 Left The default for
6153 \begin_layout Labeling
6154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6162 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6165 \begin_layout Labeling
6166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6167 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6181 \begin_layout Subsection
6183 \begin_inset Index idx
6186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6220 \begin_inset space ~
6226 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6227 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6228 In contrast, you can use the
6235 \begin_inset space ~
6240 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6241 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 Of course, you're not limited to using
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_inset space ~
6267 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6268 some European academic papers.
6271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6275 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6287 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6288 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6292 \begin_inset space ~
6297 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6298 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6299 Here's an example of each:
6302 \begin_layout Right Address
6304 \begin_inset Newline newline
6308 \begin_inset Newline newline
6312 \begin_inset Newline newline
6315 When is it? What is today?
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6322 \begin_inset space ~
6328 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6329 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6330 Here's an example of the
6337 \begin_layout Address
6339 \begin_inset Newline newline
6342 Where do I send this
6343 \begin_inset Newline newline
6346 Your post office and country
6349 \begin_layout Standard
6350 As you can see, both
6357 \begin_inset space ~
6362 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6367 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6373 This makes sense, since
6381 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6382 Thus, you have to use
6389 arg "newline-insert newline"
6395 \begin_inset space ~
6398 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6400 \begin_inset space ~
6409 menu) to start a new line in an
6416 \begin_inset space ~
6424 \begin_layout Subsection
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6429 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6430 or list of references.
6431 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6438 \begin_inset Index idx
6441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6450 \begin_layout Standard
6455 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6456 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6457 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6458 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6462 in anything else or vice versa.
6468 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6469 The book document classes ignores the
6473 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6477 in a letter document class.
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6485 environment does several things for you.
6486 First, it puts the centered label
6487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6495 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6497 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6498 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6499 the subsequent text.
6500 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6501 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6505 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6509 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6510 The new paragraph will still be in the
6515 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6516 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6519 \begin_layout Standard
6520 \begin_inset Float figure
6525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_inset Graphics
6528 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6536 \begin_inset Caption
6538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6541 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6563 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6567 environment, but since this document is in the
6568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6575 class, we can't do this.
6576 We inserted it therefore as figure
6577 \begin_inset space ~
6581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6583 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6588 If you've never heard of an
6589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6596 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6605 \begin_inset Index idx
6608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6617 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6624 \begin_layout Standard
6629 environment is used to list references.
6630 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6631 only use it at the end of the document.
6636 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6639 \begin_layout Standard
6640 When you first open a
6644 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6660 depending on the document class.
6661 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6662 Each paragraph of the
6666 environment is a bibliography entry.
6671 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6672 Each new paragraph is still in the
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6681 by using a BibTeX database.
6682 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6683 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6684 \begin_inset space ~
6688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6690 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6697 \begin_layout Subsection
6701 \begin_inset Index idx
6704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6705 Paragraph ! LyX code
6711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6725 environment is another LyX extension.
6726 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6731 key as a fixed whitespace;
6735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6747 \begin_inset space ~
6752 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6757 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6758 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6761 arg "newline-insert newline"
6778 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6779 So, when you finish using the
6783 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6784 Also, you can nest the
6788 environment inside of others.
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6795 \begin_layout Itemize
6799 arg "newline-insert newline"
6802 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6807 \begin_inset space \space{}
6817 arg "newline-insert newline"
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 arg "newline-insert newline"
6838 \begin_layout Itemize
6843 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6850 \begin_layout Itemize
6854 arg "space-insert protected"
6861 \begin_layout Itemize
6862 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6863 You must put at least one
6867 in any line you want blank.
6868 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6871 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6876 since that will insert
6881 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6884 arg "self-insert \""
6890 \begin_layout Standard
6894 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6898 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6902 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6906 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6910 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6911 printf("Hello World!
6916 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6920 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6924 \begin_layout Standard
6925 This is just the standard
6926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6942 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6943 rc-files, and so on.
6944 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6945 as if you used a typewriter.
6946 \begin_inset Index idx
6949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6950 Paragraph environments|)
6958 \begin_layout Section
6959 Nesting Environments
6960 \begin_inset Index idx
6963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6964 Nesting ! Environments
6970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6979 \begin_layout Subsection
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6984 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6986 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6988 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6990 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7002 \begin_layout Enumerate
7006 \begin_layout Enumerate
7011 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 \begin_layout Enumerate
7024 \begin_layout Standard
7025 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7026 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7029 \begin_inset space ~
7033 \begin_inset space ~
7041 \begin_inset space ~
7045 \begin_inset space ~
7054 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7055 will tell you how far you are nested).
7056 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7057 \begin_inset Graphics
7058 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7063 \begin_inset Graphics
7064 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7068 or the convenient key bindings
7079 arg "depth-increment"
7085 arg "depth-decrement"
7088 to change the nesting level.
7089 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7090 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7096 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7097 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7098 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7101 \begin_layout Standard
7102 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7103 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7105 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7108 \begin_layout Subsection
7109 What You Can and Can't Nest
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7114 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7117 \begin_layout Standard
7118 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7119 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7120 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7123 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 Completely unnestable
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7132 \begin_layout Itemize
7133 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7137 \begin_layout Standard
7138 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7139 environments have them:
7142 \begin_layout Description
7143 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7144 Can't nest into them.
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7172 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Description
7181 \begin_inset space ~
7184 Nestable You can nest them.
7185 You can nest other things into them.
7189 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7219 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Itemize
7231 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Description
7239 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7240 You can't nest anything into them.
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7250 \begin_layout Itemize
7256 \begin_layout Itemize
7262 \begin_layout Itemize
7268 \begin_layout Itemize
7274 \begin_layout Itemize
7280 \begin_layout Itemize
7286 \begin_layout Itemize
7292 \begin_layout Itemize
7298 \begin_layout Itemize
7304 \begin_layout Itemize
7310 \begin_layout Itemize
7316 \begin_layout Itemize
7322 \begin_layout Itemize
7326 \begin_inset space ~
7332 \begin_layout Itemize
7339 \begin_layout Standard
7340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7348 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7357 \begin_inset space ~
7361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7365 \begin_inset space \space{}
7368 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7369 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7370 section headings violate this.
7378 \begin_layout Subsection
7379 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7380 \begin_inset Index idx
7383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7394 affected by nesting anyhow.
7398 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7406 \begin_layout Itemize
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7412 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7420 Figures and tables in
7424 are not affected by this.
7429 Have a look at section
7430 \begin_inset space ~
7434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7436 reference "sec:Floats"
7440 for more information about
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7448 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7449 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 of its own, it behaves just like a
7463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7470 paragraph environment.
7471 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 Here's an example with a table:
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7484 \begin_layout Enumerate
7485 This is (a) and it's nested.
7489 \begin_layout Standard
7490 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7498 \begin_inset Tabular
7499 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7500 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7587 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7596 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7600 \begin_layout Enumerate
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7605 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7608 \begin_layout Enumerate
7613 \begin_layout Enumerate
7614 This is (a) and it's nested.
7618 \begin_layout Standard
7619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7627 \begin_inset Tabular
7628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7715 \begin_layout Standard
7716 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7729 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7741 \begin_layout Standard
7742 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7744 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7747 \begin_layout Enumerate
7752 \begin_layout Enumerate
7753 This is (a) and it's nested.
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7757 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7765 \begin_inset Tabular
7766 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7767 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7853 \begin_layout Standard
7854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7862 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7870 \begin_layout Enumerate
7874 \begin_layout Standard
7875 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7881 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7882 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7886 \begin_layout Subsection
7887 Usage and General Features
7890 \begin_layout Standard
7891 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7900 is the innermost possible depth.
7901 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7904 \begin_layout Enumerate
7905 level #1 – outermost
7909 \begin_layout Enumerate
7914 \begin_layout Enumerate
7919 \begin_layout Enumerate
7924 \begin_layout Itemize
7929 \begin_layout Itemize
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7940 both of them in the example.
7941 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7951 For example, if we tried to nest another
7956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 , we would get errors.
7966 \begin_layout Subsection
7968 \begin_inset Index idx
7971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7981 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7982 We have several examples of nested environments.
7983 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7988 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7991 \begin_layout Labeling
7992 \labelwidthstring MMM
7993 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8002 \begin_layout Labeling
8003 \labelwidthstring MMM
8004 #2-a This is level #2.
8005 We created it by using
8008 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8014 arg "depth-increment"
8021 \begin_layout Labeling
8022 \labelwidthstring MMM
8023 #3-a This is level #3.
8024 This time, we just hit
8031 arg "depth-increment"
8035 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8039 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8045 arg "depth-increment"
8052 \begin_layout Standard
8057 environment, nested inside of
8058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8066 So, it's at level #4.
8067 We did this by hitting
8070 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8076 arg "depth-increment"
8079 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8084 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8105 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8108 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8114 \begin_layout Labeling
8115 \labelwidthstring MMM
8116 #4-a This is level #4.
8120 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8123 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8128 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8132 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8137 keep nesting things inside
8138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8149 \begin_layout Labeling
8150 \labelwidthstring MMM
8151 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8156 \begin_layout Labeling
8157 \labelwidthstring MMM
8158 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8159 and this is level #6.
8160 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8164 \begin_layout Labeling
8165 \labelwidthstring MMM
8166 #5-b Back to level #5.
8170 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8176 arg "depth-decrement"
8183 \begin_layout Labeling
8184 \labelwidthstring MMM
8188 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8194 arg "depth-decrement"
8197 , we're back at level #4.
8201 \begin_layout Labeling
8202 \labelwidthstring MMM
8203 #3-b Back to level #3.
8204 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8208 \begin_layout Labeling
8209 \labelwidthstring MMM
8210 #2-b Back to level #2.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8218 After this sentence, we'll hit
8222 and change the paragraph environment back to
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8230 We could have also used the
8246 environment in place of the
8251 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8255 Example 2: Inheritance
8258 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8259 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8262 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8271 arg "depth-increment"
8274 , after which, we'll change to the
8282 \begin_layout Enumerate
8287 environment, at level #2.
8290 \begin_layout Enumerate
8291 Notice how the nested
8295 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8299 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8303 \begin_layout Standard
8304 We ended this example by hitting
8309 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8313 and reset the nesting depth by using
8316 arg "depth-decrement"
8322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8323 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8336 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8344 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 This is level #1, in an
8349 paragraph environment.
8350 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8354 \begin_layout Enumerate
8359 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8365 arg "depth-increment"
8369 Now, what happens if we nest an
8373 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8374 label be? An asterisk?
8378 \begin_layout Itemize
8388 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8389 So, its label is a bullet.
8390 (We got here by using
8393 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8399 arg "depth-increment"
8402 , then changing the environment to
8410 \begin_layout Itemize
8411 Here's level #4, produced using
8414 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8420 arg "depth-increment"
8424 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8432 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8437 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8441 , because we are in the
8450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8475 type of numbering does LyX use?
8478 \begin_layout Enumerate
8479 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8482 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8485 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8488 \begin_layout Enumerate
8492 arg "depth-decrement"
8495 to decrease the depth after the next
8498 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8505 \begin_layout Enumerate
8507 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8511 \begin_layout Enumerate
8513 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8514 numeral as the label.Why?
8517 \begin_layout Enumerate
8518 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8527 Notice, however, that LyX
8531 reset the counter for the label.
8535 \begin_layout Enumerate
8539 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8545 arg "depth-decrement"
8548 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8549 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8550 into the twofold-nested
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8559 The same thing happens if we do another
8562 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8568 arg "depth-decrement"
8571 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8575 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8580 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8594 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8600 The same rule applies for the
8604 environment, as well.
8607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8608 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8611 \begin_layout Enumerate
8612 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8613 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8614 same detail with how we did it.
8623 \begin_layout Standard
8631 arg "depth-increment"
8638 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8639 example in parentheses someplace.
8640 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8641 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8642 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8646 \begin_layout Enumerate
8651 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8656 Now we'll add verse.
8657 \begin_inset Newline newline
8660 It will get much worse.
8661 \begin_inset Newline newline
8671 arg "depth-increment"
8682 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8683 \begin_inset Newline newline
8686 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8687 \begin_inset Newline newline
8693 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8706 \begin_layout Standard
8707 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8715 \begin_inset Tabular
8716 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8717 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8818 arg "depth-increment"
8824 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8834 arg "depth-decrement"
8841 \begin_layout Enumerate
8846 : level #1) This is another item.
8847 Note that selecting a
8851 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8852 3 times to put the table inside the
8860 \begin_layout Quotation
8861 We're now ending the
8865 list and changing to
8870 We're still at level #1.
8871 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8872 The next set of paragraphs is a
8873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 \begin_inset space ~
8892 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8896 for the letter body.
8900 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8903 to preserve the depth.
8904 Remember that you need to use
8907 arg "newline-insert newline"
8910 to create multiple lines inside the
8917 \begin_inset space ~
8927 \begin_layout Right Address
8929 \begin_inset Newline newline
8932 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8933 \begin_inset Newline newline
8939 \begin_layout Address
8941 \begin_inset space ~
8947 \begin_layout Quotation
8948 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8952 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8953 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8954 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8955 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8956 as soon as possible.
8957 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8960 \begin_layout Quotation
8961 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8962 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8963 with your order, along with payment.
8966 \begin_layout Quotation
8967 We thank you again for your patience.
8970 \begin_layout Address
8972 \begin_inset Newline newline
8979 \begin_layout Quotation
8980 That ends that example!
8983 \begin_layout Standard
8984 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8985 just a few keystrokes.
8986 We could have easily nested an
9007 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9010 \begin_layout Section
9011 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9012 \begin_inset Index idx
9015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9024 \begin_layout Standard
9025 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9026 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9027 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9028 be broken at the end of a line.
9029 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9033 \begin_layout Subsection
9035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9037 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9042 \begin_inset Index idx
9045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9054 \begin_layout Standard
9055 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9057 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9061 Further documentation is given in section
9062 \begin_inset Newline newline
9066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9068 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9076 \begin_layout Standard
9077 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9092 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9101 A protected space is set with
9103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9104 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert protected"
9124 \begin_layout Subsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9133 \begin_inset Index idx
9136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9137 Spacing ! Horizontal
9145 \begin_layout Standard
9146 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9149 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9153 The length units are listed in Appendix
9154 \begin_inset space ~
9158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9160 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9171 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9176 \begin_inset Index idx
9179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 \begin_layout Standard
9190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9194 \begin_inset space \space{}
9197 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9198 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9199 \begin_inset space ~
9203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9205 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9210 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9211 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9214 arg "space-insert normal"
9220 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9224 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9229 \begin_inset Index idx
9232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9241 \begin_layout Standard
9243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9250 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9259 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9260 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9261 inside abbreviations:
9266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9270 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9273 \begin_layout Standard
9274 or between values and units.
9275 Compare for example this:
9276 \begin_inset Newline newline
9280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9284 \begin_inset Newline newline
9290 \begin_layout Standard
9291 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9294 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9296 \begin_inset space ~
9304 arg "space-insert thin"
9310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9314 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9321 \begin_layout Standard
9322 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9325 \begin_layout Description
9327 \begin_inset space ~
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9335 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9339 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9343 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9346 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9349 \begin_layout Description
9351 \begin_inset space ~
9355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9363 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9367 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9374 em) space between the arrows.
9377 \begin_layout Description
9379 \begin_inset space ~
9383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9387 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9391 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9395 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9399 \begin_inset space ~
9403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9406 em) space between the arrows.
9409 \begin_layout Description
9411 \begin_inset space ~
9415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9419 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9423 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9427 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9431 \begin_inset space ~
9435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 em) space between the arrows.
9441 \begin_layout Description
9443 \begin_inset space ~
9447 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9451 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9456 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9463 cm space between the arrows.
9466 \begin_layout Standard
9468 \begin_inset space ~
9472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9474 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9478 lists the different space sizes.
9481 \begin_layout Standard
9482 \begin_inset Float table
9487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9489 \begin_inset Caption
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9494 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9498 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9508 \begin_inset Tabular
9509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9510 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9735 \begin_inset Index idx
9738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9747 \begin_layout Standard
9748 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9749 in a uniform fashion.
9750 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9751 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9752 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9753 equally between themselves.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9763 This is on the left side
9764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9767 This is on the right
9773 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9777 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9786 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9794 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 That was an example in the
9807 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9811 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9815 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9818 is one in a standard paragraph.
9819 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9823 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9826 \begin_layout Standard
9827 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9830 \begin_inset space ~
9835 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9838 \begin_layout Standard
9840 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9844 \begin_inset space ~
9850 \begin_layout Standard
9852 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9856 \begin_inset space ~
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9864 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9876 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9880 \begin_inset space ~
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9888 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9892 \begin_inset space ~
9898 \begin_layout Standard
9900 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9904 \begin_inset space ~
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9911 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9919 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9923 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9924 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9925 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9929 option in the space dialog.
9937 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9939 \begin_inset Index idx
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9958 \begin_inset space \space{}
9961 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9964 \begin_layout Standard
9965 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9968 What is correct English?:
9969 \begin_inset Newline newline
9973 \begin_inset Newline newline
9977 \begin_inset space ~
9980 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9981 \begin_inset Newline newline
9988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 \begin_inset Newline newline
10006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10017 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10023 \begin_layout Standard
10024 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10029 \begin_inset space ~
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10041 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
10051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10059 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
10063 for more information about TeX-Code.
10069 In our case write the command
10076 (note the space after
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10084 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
10085 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
10086 That is why it is named
10087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10099 There exists also the commands
10111 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
10112 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
10113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
10115 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
10127 \begin_layout Subsection
10129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10131 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10136 \begin_inset Index idx
10139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10154 \begin_inset space ~
10160 There you find the following sizes:
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10176 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10181 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10183 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10187 \begin_inset Index idx
10190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10191 Document ! Settings
10196 for the paragraph separation.
10197 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10208 \begin_layout Standard
10214 \begin_inset Index idx
10217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10223 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10224 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10226 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10227 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10236 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10245 s are described in section
10246 \begin_inset space ~
10250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10252 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10261 If there are several
10265 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10266 You can therefore use
10270 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10273 \begin_layout Standard
10278 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10279 \begin_inset space ~
10283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10285 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10292 \begin_layout Standard
10293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10303 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10304 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10316 \begin_layout Subsection
10317 Paragraph Alignment
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10321 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10323 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10327 There are five possibilities:
10330 \begin_layout Itemize
10338 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10344 \begin_layout Itemize
10352 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10358 \begin_layout Itemize
10366 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10372 \begin_layout Itemize
10380 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10394 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10401 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10402 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10403 the left and right margins.
10404 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10409 This paragraph is right aligned,
10412 \begin_layout Standard
10414 this one is centered,
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10419 this one is left aligned.
10422 \begin_layout Subsection
10424 \begin_inset Index idx
10427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 Page breaks ! Forced
10434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10436 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10443 \begin_layout Standard
10444 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10445 can force a page break where you want one.
10446 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10447 Only if you use a lot of
10451 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10454 \begin_layout Standard
10455 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10456 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10460 have to change the page breaking.
10463 \begin_layout Standard
10464 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10466 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10469 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10471 \begin_inset space ~
10477 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10487 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10489 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10490 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10494 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10495 at the top of a page.
10496 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10497 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10498 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10499 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10503 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10507 to learn more about
10514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10518 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10523 \begin_inset Index idx
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 Page breaks ! Clear
10535 \begin_layout Standard
10536 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10537 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10538 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10539 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10540 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10544 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10547 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10549 \begin_inset space ~
10555 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10558 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10560 \begin_inset space ~
10564 \begin_inset space ~
10569 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10570 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10573 \begin_layout Subsection
10575 \begin_inset Index idx
10578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10587 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10594 \begin_layout Standard
10595 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10597 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10600 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10606 \begin_inset space ~
10614 arg "newline-insert newline"
10618 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10621 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10623 \begin_inset space ~
10627 \begin_inset space ~
10632 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10634 This is necessary to avoid
10635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10642 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10645 \begin_layout Standard
10646 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10647 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10648 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10649 set a line break, e.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 \begin_inset space \space{}
10657 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10658 \begin_inset space ~
10662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10664 reference "sec:Quote"
10669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10671 reference "sec:Verse"
10676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10678 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10685 \begin_layout Subsection
10687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10689 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10694 \begin_inset Index idx
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10712 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10719 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10725 \begin_layout Section
10726 Characters and Symbols
10729 \begin_layout Standard
10730 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10731 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10736 \begin_inset space \space{}
10739 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10747 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10751 for information on how this is done.
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10755 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10760 dialog via the menu
10762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10763 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10769 \begin_layout Standard
10770 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10779 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10780 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10788 \begin_layout Section
10789 Fonts and Text Styles
10790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10792 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10799 \begin_layout Subsection
10801 \begin_inset Index idx
10804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10813 \begin_layout Standard
10814 There are two types of fonts:
10817 \begin_layout Description
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10823 \begin_inset Index idx
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10832 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10837 characters) in the font.
10838 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10839 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10840 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10841 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10842 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10843 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10844 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10845 \begin_inset Newline newline
10848 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10849 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10850 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10851 sizes than at small ones.
10852 \begin_inset Newline newline
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10874 \begin_layout Description
10876 \begin_inset space ~
10880 \begin_inset Index idx
10883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10890 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10891 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10892 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10893 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10894 picture manipulation program.
10895 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10896 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10897 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10898 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10899 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10901 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10902 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10903 \begin_inset Newline newline
10906 Bitmap fonts are named
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10914 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10917 \begin_layout Standard
10918 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10919 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10920 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10921 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10922 use scalable fonts.
10925 \begin_layout Standard
10926 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10927 its document properties.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10932 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10933 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10934 font to emphasize text, you use an
10935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10944 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10948 \begin_layout Subsection
10949 Document Font and Font size
10950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10952 name "sub:Document-Font"
10957 \begin_inset Index idx
10960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10967 \begin_inset Index idx
10970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 You can set the document fonts in the
10982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10986 \begin_inset Index idx
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 Document ! Settings
10996 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10997 font shapes roman (serif),
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11013 The possible options for the font include
11017 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11022 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11044 European Computer Modern
11047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11057 \begin_layout Standard
11066 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11067 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11075 \begin_inset space ~
11080 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11086 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11087 There are three ways to use one:
11090 \begin_layout Itemize
11091 One way is to use the
11101 Virtual means that it
11102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11113 -glyphs from other fonts.
11114 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11136 Loading the LaTeX-package
11141 \begin_inset Index idx
11144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11145 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11150 with the document preamble line
11151 \begin_inset Newline newline
11158 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11159 \begin_inset Newline newline
11164 will fix the guillemet problem.
11169 and that accented characters are not
11173 glyph, they are build of
11177 characters, the accent and the letter.
11178 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11182 fonts for words with accented characters.
11183 If you search for example for the French word
11184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11191 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11200 and not for the glyph
11201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11205 \begin_inset space ~
11209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11215 \begin_layout Itemize
11216 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11229 , consist of these three main font types
11232 \begin_inset space ~
11261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11265 \begin_inset space ~
11272 as typewriter font.
11273 \begin_inset Newline newline
11276 The differences between roman,
11279 \begin_inset space ~
11288 fonts are explained in section
11289 \begin_inset space ~
11293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11295 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11300 \begin_inset Newline newline
11307 was originally designed for newspapers.
11308 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11309 into the small newspaper columns.
11314 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11317 \begin_layout Itemize
11318 The best solution is to use the
11327 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11331 as the default font.
11332 In most cases they look the same as
11340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11341 One difference is improved kerning for the
11354 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11365 \begin_layout Standard
11366 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11369 For the font size there are four possible values:
11386 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 The font sizes are the
11395 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11396 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11397 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11400 \begin_inset space ~
11406 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11407 \begin_inset space ~
11411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11413 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11425 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11426 a font to display the script characters.
11430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11431 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11436 So this has no effect for the document language
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11465 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11469 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11470 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11471 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11473 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11476 dialog, see section
11477 \begin_inset space ~
11481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11483 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11495 \begin_layout Subsection
11496 Using Different Character Styles
11497 \begin_inset Index idx
11500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11507 \begin_inset Index idx
11510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11520 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11521 certain paragraph environments.
11522 LyX supports two character styles,
11531 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11540 style, do one of the following:
11543 \begin_layout Itemize
11544 click on the toolbar button
11545 \begin_inset Graphics
11546 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11553 \begin_layout Itemize
11554 use the key binding
11563 \begin_layout Standard
11564 These commands are all toggles.
11569 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11573 One typically uses the
11577 style for proper names.
11579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11586 is the original author of LyX.
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11593 \begin_layout Standard
11594 A more widely used character style is the
11599 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11606 \begin_layout Itemize
11607 clicking on the toolbar button
11608 \begin_inset Graphics
11609 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11616 \begin_layout Itemize
11617 using the keybindings
11626 \begin_layout Standard
11631 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11632 es use a different font.
11635 \begin_layout Standard
11636 We've been using the
11640 style all over the place in this document.
11641 Here's one more example:
11644 \begin_layout Quotation
11647 Don't overuse character styles!
11650 \begin_layout Standard
11651 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11652 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11653 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11654 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11658 \begin_layout Standard
11659 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11667 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11669 \begin_inset space ~
11677 \begin_layout Subsection
11678 Fine-Tuning with the
11683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11685 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11690 \begin_inset Index idx
11693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11702 \begin_layout Standard
11703 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11704 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11705 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11706 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11707 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11708 from ordinary dialog.
11711 \begin_layout Standard
11712 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11713 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11714 \begin_inset Newline newline
11717 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11718 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11721 \begin_layout Standard
11722 To use custom character styles, open the
11724 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11726 \begin_inset space ~
11732 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11733 font property which you can choose.
11734 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11737 \begin_inset space ~
11742 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11747 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11748 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11749 environments in a snap.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11756 \begin_inset space ~
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11783 The possible options are:
11787 \begin_layout Labeling
11788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11793 This is the Roman font family.
11794 Normally a serif font.
11795 It's also the default family.
11805 \begin_layout Labeling
11806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11817 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 This is the Typewriter font family.
11843 arg "font-typewriter"
11852 \begin_layout Labeling
11853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11858 This corresponds to the print weight.
11863 \begin_layout Labeling
11864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11869 This is the Medium font series.
11870 It's also the default series.
11873 \begin_layout Labeling
11874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11881 This is the Bold font series.
11894 \begin_layout Labeling
11895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11900 As the name implies.
11905 \begin_layout Labeling
11906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11911 This is the Upright font shape.
11912 It's also the default shape.
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11930 s the Italic font shape
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11944 This is the Slanted font shape
11946 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset space ~
11961 This is the Small caps font shape
11968 \begin_layout Labeling
11969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11974 Alters the size of the font.
11975 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11976 nal to the document font size.
11977 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11978 what you want to do.
11983 \begin_layout Labeling
11984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12005 arg "font-size tiny"
12011 \begin_layout Labeling
12012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12033 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12039 \begin_layout Labeling
12040 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12061 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12067 \begin_layout Labeling
12068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12089 arg "font-size small"
12095 \begin_layout Labeling
12096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 It's also the default size.
12114 arg "font-size normal"
12120 \begin_layout Labeling
12121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12142 arg "font-size large"
12148 \begin_layout Labeling
12149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12170 arg "font-size larger"
12176 \begin_layout Labeling
12177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12198 arg "font-size largest"
12204 \begin_layout Labeling
12205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12226 arg "font-size huge"
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12254 arg "font-size giant"
12261 \begin_layout Standard
12266 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12267 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12268 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12269 — use that instead.
12270 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12273 \begin_layout Labeling
12274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12279 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12284 \begin_layout Labeling
12285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12292 This is text with emphasize on
12295 This might seem like the same as
12299 , but it is actually a bit different.
12305 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12307 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12310 \begin_layout Labeling
12311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12318 This is text with Underbar on.
12324 arg "font-underline"
12330 \begin_inset Newline newline
12335 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12336 when you couldn't change fonts.
12337 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12338 It's only included in LyX because some people
12342 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12345 \begin_layout Labeling
12346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12353 This is text with Noun on.
12360 , this is a logical attribute.
12361 Normally it's equivalent to
12364 \begin_inset space ~
12373 \begin_layout Labeling
12374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12379 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12380 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12384 \begin_inset space ~
12389 , which is the default
12390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 and means normally black, you can choose between
12430 \begin_inset Index idx
12433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12442 \begin_layout Labeling
12443 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12448 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12449 the language of the document.
12450 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12454 \begin_layout Standard
12455 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12456 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12458 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12460 \begin_inset space ~
12465 dialog, the settings are saved.
12466 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12467 \begin_inset Graphics
12468 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12473 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12474 when the dialog isn't visible.
12478 \begin_layout Standard
12479 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12486 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12487 (suppose you just set the shape to
12488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12519 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12527 \begin_inset space ~
12539 \begin_layout Itemize
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12570 \begin_inset Newline newline
12577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12602 \begin_inset Note Note
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12606 For more on phantoms see section
12607 \begin_inset space ~
12611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12613 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12623 \begin_inset Newline newline
12629 \begin_layout Itemize
12634 fonts use characters with serifs.
12635 These are the small
12636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12643 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12644 The following example will show the difference:
12645 \begin_inset Newline newline
12649 \begin_inset Newline newline
12654 text without serifs
12657 \begin_inset Newline newline
12660 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12661 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12668 \begin_layout Itemize
12674 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12675 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12678 \begin_layout Standard
12679 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12680 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12683 \begin_layout Section
12684 Printing and Previewing
12687 \begin_layout Subsection
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12693 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12694 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12695 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12696 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12698 Additional Features
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12705 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12706 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12707 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12708 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12709 This happens in two stages:
12712 \begin_layout Enumerate
12713 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12714 generating a file with the extension,
12715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12729 \begin_layout Enumerate
12730 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12734 file to produce printable output.
12738 \begin_layout Subsection
12739 Output file formats
12740 \begin_inset Index idx
12743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12752 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12761 \begin_inset Index idx
12764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12765 File formats ! ASCII
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 This file type has the extension
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12801 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12802 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12810 \begin_inset Index idx
12813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12814 File formats ! LaTeX
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 This file type has the extension
12824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12837 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12838 it manually with console commands.
12839 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12840 you view or export your document.
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12846 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12847 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12866 \begin_inset Index idx
12869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12878 \begin_layout Standard
12879 This file type has the extension
12880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12901 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12902 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12908 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12909 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12910 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12912 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12918 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12919 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12927 \begin_inset Index idx
12930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12931 File formats ! PostScript
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 This file type has the extension
12941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12953 PostScript was developed by the company
12957 as a printer language.
12958 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12960 PostScript can be seen as a
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12964 programming language
12965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12968 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12973 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12979 \begin_inset Index idx
12982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12983 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12993 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12997 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 Encapsulated PostScript
13002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13005 (EPS, file extension
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13018 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13019 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13024 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13028 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13029 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13030 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13031 EPS to avoid this problem.
13034 \begin_layout Standard
13035 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13037 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13038 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13046 \begin_inset Index idx
13049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13056 \begin_inset Index idx
13059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13068 \begin_layout Standard
13069 This file type has the extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13086 Portable Document Format
13087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13094 was derived from PostScript.
13095 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13104 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13105 looks exactly the same.
13108 \begin_layout Standard
13109 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13113 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13117 (JPG, file extension
13118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 Portable Network Graphics
13146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13149 (PNG, file extension
13150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13162 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13163 in the background to one of these formats.
13164 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13165 will slow down your workflow.
13166 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13169 \begin_layout Standard
13170 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13172 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13175 in three different ways:
13178 \begin_layout Description
13179 PDF This uses the program
13183 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13184 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13188 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13189 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13192 \begin_layout Description
13194 \begin_inset space ~
13197 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13201 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13205 \begin_layout Description
13207 \begin_inset space ~
13210 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13214 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13218 We recommend to use
13221 \begin_inset space ~
13230 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13231 works without problems.
13236 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13241 \begin_inset Index idx
13244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13245 FileFormats ! XHTML
13251 \begin_inset Index idx
13254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 This file type has the extension
13265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13277 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13278 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13279 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13280 suitable for the purpose.
13281 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13282 it, but not all do.
13285 \begin_layout Standard
13286 XHTML output remains
13287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13294 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13299 LyX and the World Wide Web
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13305 Additional Features
13307 manual, for more information.
13310 \begin_layout Standard
13311 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13313 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13314 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13320 \begin_layout Subsection
13322 \begin_inset Index idx
13325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13334 \begin_layout Standard
13335 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13336 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13340 and choose a file type.
13341 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13344 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13347 you can use the toolbar button
13348 \begin_inset Graphics
13349 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13356 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13363 \begin_inset space ~
13369 \begin_inset Graphics
13370 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13376 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13380 \begin_inset Graphics
13381 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13388 arg "buffer-view ps"
13394 \begin_layout Standard
13395 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13396 viewer window using the menu
13398 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13407 To have a real output, export your document.
13410 \begin_layout Subsection
13411 Printing the File from within LyX
13412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13414 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13422 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13423 it directly from within LyX.
13424 To print a file, select the menu
13426 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 or click on the toolbar button
13430 \begin_inset Graphics
13431 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13436 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13437 This file is then processed by the program
13441 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13446 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13449 \begin_layout Standard
13450 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13451 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13452 printing one set to print on the other side.
13453 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13454 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13455 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 You can set the parameters in the
13462 \begin_inset space ~
13470 \begin_layout Labeling
13471 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13476 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13481 Note that this printer name is for the program
13490 has to be configured for this printer name.
13491 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13492 \begin_inset space ~
13496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13498 reference "sub:Printer"
13507 The printer should understand PostScript.
13510 \begin_layout Labeling
13511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13516 The name of a file to print to.
13517 The output will be a PostScript file.
13518 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13522 \begin_layout Section
13523 A few Words about Typography
13524 \begin_inset Index idx
13527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13536 \begin_layout Subsection
13538 \begin_inset Index idx
13541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13563 character comes in four lengths: the
13575 , and the minus sign:
13576 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13582 \begin_layout Standard
13583 \begin_inset Tabular
13584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13585 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13586 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13587 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13588 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13589 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13618 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13658 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13685 \begin_inset space ~
13688 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13695 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13725 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13746 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13780 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13799 character multiple times in a row.
13800 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13801 the final output, but not in LyX.
13803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13834 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13835 math mode and has a length of its own.
13836 Here are some examples of the
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13851 \begin_layout Enumerate
13852 line- and page-breaks
13853 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13863 \begin_layout Enumerate
13865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13875 \begin_layout Enumerate
13876 Oh — there's a dash.
13877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13887 \begin_layout Enumerate
13888 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13892 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13902 \begin_layout Subsection
13904 \begin_inset Index idx
13907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13916 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13923 \begin_layout Standard
13924 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13925 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13930 \begin_inset Index idx
13933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13934 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13939 following the rules of the document language
13943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13944 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13956 \begin_inset space ~
13963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13974 \begin_layout Standard
13975 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13980 font and with unusual constructs, like
13981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13989 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13990 This is done with the menu
13992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13993 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13995 \begin_inset space ~
14001 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14002 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14005 \begin_layout Standard
14006 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
14007 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14025 as hyphenation possibility.
14026 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14027 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
14028 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
14034 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
14035 As LyX doesn't support
14041 , you have to use TeX Code.
14042 The result looks in LyX like:
14045 \begin_layout Standard
14046 \begin_inset Graphics
14047 filename clipart/mbox.png
14054 \begin_layout Standard
14055 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
14056 \begin_inset space ~
14060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14062 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14069 \begin_layout Subsection
14071 \begin_inset Index idx
14074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14084 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14087 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14095 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14096 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14097 LaTeX then adds the
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14101 appropriate amount of space
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14108 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14112 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14113 not work in all cases.
14115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14127 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14130 \begin_layout Standard
14131 Here are some examples of
14135 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14138 \begin_layout Itemize
14143 \begin_layout Itemize
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14149 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14152 \begin_layout Itemize
14154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14158 this is too much space!
14161 \begin_layout Itemize
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14167 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14170 \begin_layout Standard
14171 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14174 \begin_layout Enumerate
14178 \begin_inset space ~
14183 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14184 \begin_inset space ~
14188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14190 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14195 \begin_inset Index idx
14198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14199 Spaces ! inter-word
14207 \begin_layout Enumerate
14211 \begin_inset space ~
14216 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14217 \begin_inset space ~
14221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14223 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14228 \begin_inset Index idx
14231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14240 \begin_layout Enumerate
14244 \begin_inset space ~
14248 \begin_inset space ~
14252 \begin_inset space ~
14259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14261 \begin_inset space ~
14266 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14267 This function is also bound to
14270 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14280 \begin_layout Itemize
14282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14286 \begin_inset space \space{}
14289 this is too much space!
14292 \begin_layout Itemize
14293 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14297 \begin_layout Standard
14298 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14299 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14300 will take care of this.
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14308 \begin_inset space ~
14313 feature described in section
14319 Additional Features
14324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14326 \begin_inset Index idx
14329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14330 Typography ! Quotes
14336 \begin_inset Index idx
14339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14372 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14373 and use a closing quote at the end.
14375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14383 The keyboard character,
14387 , generates this automatically.
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 You can change the behavior of the
14395 key using the submenu
14401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14405 \begin_inset Index idx
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 Document ! Settings
14417 \begin_layout Standard
14418 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14423 There are six choices:
14426 \begin_layout Labeling
14427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14439 Use quotes like this
14440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 \begin_inset Quotes els
14452 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14458 \begin_layout Labeling
14459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14462 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14466 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14472 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14476 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14480 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14486 \begin_layout Labeling
14487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14490 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14500 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14508 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14512 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14518 \begin_layout Labeling
14519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14522 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14526 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14532 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14536 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14540 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14544 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14550 \begin_layout Labeling
14551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14554 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14558 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14564 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14568 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14572 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14576 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14582 \begin_layout Labeling
14583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14586 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14590 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14596 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14600 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14604 \begin_inset Quotes als
14608 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14614 \begin_layout Standard
14615 These settings affect what character the
14622 \begin_layout Subsection
14624 \begin_inset Index idx
14627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14628 Typography ! Ligatures
14634 \begin_inset Index idx
14637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14668 name "sub:Ligatures"
14675 \begin_layout Standard
14676 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14677 print them as single characters.
14678 These groups are known as
14683 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14685 Here are the standard ligatures:
14688 \begin_layout Itemize
14692 \begin_layout Itemize
14696 \begin_layout Itemize
14700 \begin_layout Itemize
14704 \begin_layout Itemize
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14709 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14712 \begin_layout Standard
14713 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14714 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14722 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14738 To break a ligature, use
14740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14741 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14743 \begin_inset space ~
14750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14761 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14778 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14786 \begin_layout Subsection
14788 \begin_inset Index idx
14791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14800 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14807 \begin_layout Standard
14808 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14809 characters in different sizes and heights.
14810 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14811 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14831 \begin_inset Note Note
14834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14835 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14843 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14844 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14849 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14853 \begin_layout Description
14854 LyX The name of the game, write
14855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 \begin_layout Description
14877 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 \begin_layout Description
14900 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14922 \begin_layout Description
14923 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14946 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14951 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14959 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14960 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14961 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14964 : The actual version is
14965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14972 , the previous one was
14973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14984 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14989 \begin_inset space \space{}
14992 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14994 This will look in LyX like:
14995 \begin_inset Graphics
14996 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15002 \begin_inset Newline newline
15005 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15006 \begin_inset space ~
15010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15012 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15019 \begin_layout Subsection
15021 \begin_inset Index idx
15024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15034 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15035 space between two words.
15036 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15046 for units use the menu
15048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15049 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15051 \begin_inset space ~
15059 arg "space-insert thin"
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15066 Here's an example to show the differences:
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15070 \begin_inset Tabular
15071 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15072 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15074 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15081 \begin_inset space ~
15085 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15097 space between number and unit
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15113 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15125 half space between number and unit
15138 \begin_layout Subsection
15140 \begin_inset Index idx
15143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15144 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15152 \begin_layout Standard
15153 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15155 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15156 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15157 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15158 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15159 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15160 These bits of text became known as
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15172 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15173 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15174 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15175 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15176 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15177 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15178 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15181 \begin_layout Standard
15182 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15183 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15184 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15185 \begin_inset space ~
15189 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15191 key "latexcompanion"
15196 \begin_inset space ~
15200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15206 ] may have more information.
15207 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15210 \begin_layout Chapter
15211 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15214 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15221 \begin_layout Standard
15222 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15227 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15230 \begin_layout Section
15232 \begin_inset Index idx
15235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15252 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15255 \begin_layout Description
15257 \begin_inset space ~
15260 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15261 \begin_inset Newline newline
15265 \begin_inset Note Note
15268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15269 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15277 \begin_layout Description
15278 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15279 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15281 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15282 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15283 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15286 \begin_inset Newline newline
15290 \begin_inset Note Comment
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15294 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15302 \begin_layout Description
15304 \begin_inset space ~
15307 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15308 \begin_inset Newline newline
15312 \begin_inset Newline newline
15316 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15326 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15327 How this can be done is explained in the
15336 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15342 \begin_inset Newline newline
15346 \begin_inset Newline newline
15349 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15350 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15354 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15355 \begin_inset Graphics
15356 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15358 scaleBeforeRotation
15364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15368 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15371 \begin_layout Section
15373 \begin_inset Index idx
15376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15385 name "sec:Footnotes"
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15393 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15399 or the toolbar button
15400 \begin_inset Graphics
15401 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15414 \begin_inset Graphics
15415 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15424 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15453 label, the box will
15457 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15458 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15471 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15487 \begin_layout Standard
15488 Here's an example footnote:
15496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15497 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15505 \begin_layout Standard
15506 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15507 position where the footnote box is placed.
15508 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15509 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15510 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15511 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15512 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15517 ey are described in the
15524 \begin_layout Section
15526 \begin_inset Index idx
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15538 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15546 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15547 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15551 \begin_inset space ~
15556 or the toolbar button
15557 \begin_inset Graphics
15558 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15585 appearing within your text.
15586 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15595 \begin_layout Standard
15596 At the side is an example marginal note.
15600 \begin_inset Marginal
15603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15604 This is a marginal note.
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15613 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15614 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15615 pages, right on odd pages.
15618 \begin_layout Section
15619 Graphics and Images
15620 \begin_inset Index idx
15623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15630 \begin_inset Index idx
15633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15642 name "sec:Graphics"
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15650 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15651 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15652 \begin_inset Graphics
15653 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15663 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15667 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15672 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15673 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15675 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15676 \begin_inset space ~
15680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15682 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15694 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15695 of the image in the output.
15696 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15700 \begin_inset space ~
15704 \begin_inset space ~
15713 \begin_inset space ~
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15721 \begin_inset space ~
15726 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15727 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15738 LaTeX and LyX options
15740 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15741 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15745 \begin_inset space ~
15750 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15751 with the image size is printed.
15755 \begin_inset space ~
15759 \begin_inset space ~
15763 \begin_inset space ~
15768 is explained in the
15779 \begin_layout Standard
15780 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15781 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15783 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15789 \begin_inset Graphics
15790 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15792 rotateOrigin center
15799 \begin_layout Standard
15800 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15801 the image into a float, see section
15802 \begin_inset space ~
15806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15808 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15815 \begin_layout Subsection
15817 \begin_inset Index idx
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15829 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15837 You can insert images in any known file format.
15838 But as we explained in section
15839 \begin_inset space ~
15843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15845 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15849 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15850 LyX uses therefore the program
15854 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15855 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15856 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15857 \begin_inset space ~
15861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15863 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15871 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15874 \begin_layout Description
15876 \begin_inset space ~
15879 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15880 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15881 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15885 Graphics Interchange Format
15886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15889 (GIF, file extension
15890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15902 \begin_inset Index idx
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15937 Portable Network Graphics
15938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15941 (PNG, file extension
15942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15954 \begin_inset Index idx
15957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15989 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15993 (JPG, file extension
15994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16018 \begin_inset Index idx
16021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 \begin_layout Description
16054 \begin_inset space ~
16057 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16059 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16060 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16061 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16062 \begin_inset Newline newline
16065 Scalable image formats can be
16066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16069 Scalable Vector Graphics
16070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16073 (SVG, file extension
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16086 \begin_inset Index idx
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16121 Encapsulated PostScript
16122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16125 (EPS, file extension
16126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16138 \begin_inset Index idx
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16173 Portable Document Format
16174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16177 (PDF, file extension
16178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16190 \begin_inset Index idx
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16200 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16201 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16202 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16208 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16216 \begin_layout Standard
16217 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16221 \begin_layout Subsection
16222 Grouping of Image Settings
16223 \begin_inset Index idx
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 Images ! Settings grouping
16235 \begin_layout Standard
16236 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16238 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16239 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16241 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16242 need to manually change each of them.
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16247 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16250 \begin_inset space ~
16255 field in the Graphics dialog.
16256 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16257 by checking the name of the desired group.
16260 \begin_layout Section
16262 \begin_inset Index idx
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16283 \begin_inset Graphics
16284 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16295 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16296 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16297 from the rest of the table.
16298 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16299 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16301 Here's an example table:
16304 \begin_layout Standard
16306 \begin_inset Tabular
16307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16308 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 \begin_layout Subsection
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16517 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16518 brings up the table dialog.
16519 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16520 where the cursor is placed currently.
16521 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16522 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16523 done on all of your selection.
16526 \begin_layout Standard
16527 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16530 \begin_inset space ~
16535 helps you in setting table properties.
16536 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16543 \begin_inset space ~
16548 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16549 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16550 current cell respectively.
16551 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16553 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16554 of text, see section
16555 \begin_inset space ~
16559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16561 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16569 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16575 This will merge the cells to
16579 cell, spread over more than one column.
16580 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16581 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16582 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16583 in the last row without the upper border:
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16588 \begin_inset Tabular
16589 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16590 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16592 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16614 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16726 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16727 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16728 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16729 explained in the tables section of the
16732 \begin_inset space ~
16738 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16742 degrees counterclockwise.
16743 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 Most DVI-viewers are
16759 able to display rotations.
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16772 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16777 adds lines for all cell borders.
16780 \begin_layout Subsection
16782 \begin_inset Index idx
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 Tables ! Longtables
16792 \begin_inset Index idx
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 \begin_layout Standard
16805 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16808 \begin_inset space ~
16812 \begin_inset space ~
16821 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16822 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16825 \begin_layout Description
16830 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16831 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16832 except for the first page, if
16835 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_layout Description
16847 \begin_inset space ~
16852 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16853 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16856 \begin_layout Description
16861 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16862 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16863 except for the last page, if
16866 \begin_inset space ~
16874 \begin_layout Description
16878 \begin_inset space ~
16883 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16884 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16887 \begin_layout Description
16888 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16889 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16895 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16898 \begin_inset space ~
16906 \begin_layout Standard
16907 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16908 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16909 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16910 The others will then be defined as
16915 In this context, first means first in this order:
16918 \begin_inset space ~
16930 \begin_inset space ~
16936 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16941 \begin_inset Tabular
16942 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16943 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16944 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16946 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16947 <row endfirsthead="true">
16948 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16959 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <row endfirsthead="true">
16979 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <row endhead="true">
17012 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17032 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <row endhead="true">
17043 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17063 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <row endfoot="true">
17076 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <row endlastfoot="true">
19058 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 \begin_layout Subsection
19097 \begin_inset Index idx
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19109 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19116 \begin_layout Standard
19117 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19118 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19119 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19120 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19124 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19125 for the cell's paragraph.
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19129 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19130 for the column in the table dialog.
19131 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19132 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19136 \begin_layout Standard
19138 \begin_inset Tabular
19139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19140 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19142 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 This is longer now.
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19345 This is longer now.
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19376 \begin_layout Standard
19377 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19378 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19384 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19390 Selection with the mouse or with
19394 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19395 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19396 the selection from outside the table.
19399 \begin_layout Section
19401 \begin_inset Index idx
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19421 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19422 have a fixed location.
19424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19431 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19439 \begin_inset space ~
19444 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19445 too many notes on the page.
19448 \begin_layout Standard
19449 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19450 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19451 and pages without text.
19452 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19453 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19454 Floats are therefore numbered.
19455 Referencing is described in section
19456 \begin_inset space ~
19460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19462 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 To insert a float, use the menu
19472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19476 A box with a caption that has e.
19477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19481 \begin_inset space \space{}
19485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19496 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19497 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19499 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19500 \begin_inset Index idx
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19510 paragraph within the float.
19511 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19512 by left-clicking on the box label.
19513 A closed float box looks like this:
19514 \begin_inset Graphics
19515 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19520 – a gray button with a red label.
19523 \begin_layout Standard
19524 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19525 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19528 \begin_layout Subsection
19532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19534 \begin_inset Index idx
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 Floats ! Figure floats
19544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19546 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19557 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19560 inserts a float with the label
19561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19567 \begin_inset space ~
19573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19577 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19578 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19579 This is what we did for Figure
19580 \begin_inset space ~
19584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19586 reference "cap:Platypus"
19591 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19592 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19593 This was done in Figure
19594 \begin_inset space ~
19598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19600 reference "cap:Escher"
19607 \begin_layout Standard
19608 \begin_inset Float figure
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 \begin_inset Graphics
19616 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19618 rotateOrigin center
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 \begin_inset Caption
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19631 name "cap:Platypus"
19635 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19648 \begin_layout Standard
19649 \begin_inset Float figure
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 \begin_inset Caption
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19675 \begin_inset Graphics
19676 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19678 rotateOrigin center
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19693 As described in section
19694 \begin_inset space ~
19698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19700 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19704 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19709 and refer to it using the menu
19711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19715 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19724 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19738 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19739 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19740 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19742 \begin_inset space ~
19746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19748 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19752 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19753 You can also set the images one below the other.
19755 \begin_inset space ~
19759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19761 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19768 reference "fig:Platypus"
19772 are the subfigures.
19775 \begin_layout Standard
19776 \begin_inset Float figure
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19786 \begin_inset Float figure
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 \begin_inset Caption
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19797 name "fig:Undefinable"
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 \begin_inset Graphics
19811 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19826 \begin_inset Float figure
19831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 \begin_inset Caption
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19837 name "fig:Platypus"
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 \begin_inset Graphics
19851 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 \begin_inset Caption
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19875 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19879 Two distorted images.
19892 \begin_layout Standard
19893 Note that the caption is added to the
19896 \begin_inset space ~
19900 \begin_inset space ~
19905 as described in section
19906 \begin_inset space ~
19910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19912 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19921 \begin_inset Index idx
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 Floats ! Table floats
19933 \begin_layout Standard
19934 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19937 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19941 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19944 \begin_inset space ~
19948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19950 reference "cap:Table-float"
19954 is an example of a table float.
19957 \begin_layout Standard
19958 \begin_inset Float table
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 \begin_inset Caption
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19969 name "cap:Table-float"
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 \begin_inset Tabular
19984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19985 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20139 \end{array}\right]$
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20160 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20183 \begin_inset Index idx
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20195 \begin_layout Standard
20196 This float type is inserted with the menu
20198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20199 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20203 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20204 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20208 , described in section
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20215 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20237 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20245 floatname{algorithm}{your
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20252 \begin_layout Standard
20253 to the document preamble (menu
20255 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20284 \begin_inset Index idx
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20296 \begin_layout Standard
20297 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 \begin_inset Graphics
20306 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20308 rotateOrigin center
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 \begin_inset Caption
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20321 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20325 This is a wrapped figure.
20326 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20339 This float type is used if you want to
20340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20347 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20349 It can be inserted using the menu
20351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20352 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20354 \begin_inset space ~
20359 if the LaTeX-package
20364 \begin_inset Index idx
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20381 \begin_inset space ~
20391 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20394 \begin_inset space ~
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20400 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20404 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 Available units are explained in Appendix
20414 \begin_inset space ~
20418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20420 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20429 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20447 \begin_inset space \space{}
20450 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20451 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20460 \begin_layout Itemize
20461 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20462 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20463 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20464 page breaks will appear.
20467 \begin_layout Itemize
20468 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20469 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20472 \begin_layout Itemize
20473 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20474 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20477 \begin_layout Itemize
20478 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20481 \begin_layout Subsection
20483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20485 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20490 \begin_inset Index idx
20493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_layout Standard
20503 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20504 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_layout Standard
20517 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20518 have a multicolumn document).
20519 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20528 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20529 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20536 \begin_layout Standard
20537 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20538 format is also the same: Table
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20545 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20549 is an example of a rotated table float.
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20570 \begin_inset Float table
20575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 \begin_inset Caption
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20581 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 \begin_inset Tabular
20596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20597 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 \begin_layout Subsection
20664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20666 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20671 \begin_inset Index idx
20674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20685 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20686 \begin_inset Newline newline
20692 \begin_inset space ~
20697 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20698 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20699 \begin_inset Newline newline
20705 \begin_inset space ~
20710 is used to rotate floats, see section
20711 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20717 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20724 \begin_layout Standard
20725 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20726 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20729 \begin_inset space ~
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20741 \begin_layout Description
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20747 \begin_inset space ~
20750 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20753 \begin_layout Description
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20762 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20765 \begin_layout Description
20767 \begin_inset space ~
20771 \begin_inset space ~
20774 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20777 \begin_layout Description
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20783 \begin_inset space ~
20786 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 The order of the above option is
20795 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20799 \begin_inset space ~
20803 \begin_inset space ~
20811 \begin_inset space ~
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20820 , and then the others.
20821 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20823 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20824 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 By default, each option has its own rules:
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20835 \begin_inset space ~
20839 \begin_inset space ~
20844 only floats occupying less than 70
20845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20848 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20859 \begin_inset space ~
20864 : only floats occupying less than 30
20865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20868 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20879 \begin_inset space ~
20884 : only if more than 50
20885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20888 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20893 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20897 \begin_inset space ~
20901 \begin_inset space ~
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20911 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20912 For this case you can use the option
20915 \begin_inset space ~
20921 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20923 Because the float is then no longer able to
20924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20931 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20936 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20940 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20944 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20951 \begin_layout Section
20953 \begin_inset Index idx
20956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20965 name "sec:Minipages"
20972 \begin_layout Standard
20973 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20975 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20976 \begin_inset space ~
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20990 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20991 and its alignment within the page.
20994 \begin_layout Standard
20996 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21005 height_special "totalheight"
21008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21011 This is a minipage.
21012 The text is set in an italic style.
21015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21019 another formatting.
21027 \begin_layout Standard
21028 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21031 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21035 as described in section
21036 \begin_inset space ~
21040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21042 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21047 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21054 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21063 height_special "totalheight"
21066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21067 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21068 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21074 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21078 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21087 height_special "totalheight"
21090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21092 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21101 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21109 to other box types.
21110 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21121 \begin_layout Chapter
21122 Mathematical Formulas
21123 \begin_inset Index idx
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 \begin_inset Index idx
21136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21167 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21180 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21183 \begin_layout Section
21185 \begin_inset Index idx
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_layout Standard
21198 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21199 \begin_inset Graphics
21200 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21205 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21207 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21208 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21209 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21217 \begin_layout Standard
21218 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21222 \begin_inset space ~
21227 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21232 line, like this one:
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 This is a line with an inline formula
21237 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21244 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21245 paragraph, like this one:
21246 \begin_inset Formula \[
21251 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21255 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21261 \begin_inset space \space{}
21265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21278 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21279 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21283 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21286 \begin_inset space ~
21294 \begin_layout Subsection
21295 Navigating in Formulas
21296 \begin_inset Index idx
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21308 \begin_layout Standard
21309 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21310 achieved with the arrow keys.
21311 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21312 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21317 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21318 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21322 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21326 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21329 \end{array}\right]$
21337 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21342 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21343 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21346 \begin_layout Standard
21351 , printed in this document as
21352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21373 \begin_inset Note Note
21376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21378 space character (visible space).
21383 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21384 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21385 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21390 For example, if you want
21391 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 , since in the latter case only the
21448 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21453 will be under the square root sign:
21454 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21461 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21463 \begin_inset Formula \[
21464 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21468 \end{array}\right)\]
21472 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21473 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21476 \begin_layout Subsection
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21481 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21482 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21486 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21487 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21488 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21489 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21490 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21493 \begin_layout Subsection
21494 Exponents and Subscripts
21495 \begin_inset Index idx
21498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21505 \begin_inset Index idx
21508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_layout Standard
21518 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21519 way is to use a command.
21521 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21524 , type in a formula
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21546 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21552 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21556 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21577 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21586 , you have to use an extra
21590 to separate the hat and the character.
21592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21596 \begin_inset space \space{}
21600 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21621 Subscripts are similar: To get
21622 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21645 \begin_layout Subsection
21647 \begin_inset Index idx
21650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21659 \begin_layout Standard
21660 Create a fraction with either the command
21667 \begin_inset Graphics
21668 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21676 \begin_inset space ~
21682 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21683 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21684 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21689 To move back up, press
21694 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21695 \begin_inset Formula \[
21696 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21699 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21706 \begin_layout Subsection
21708 \begin_inset Index idx
21711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21720 \begin_layout Standard
21721 Roots can be created using the
21724 \begin_inset space ~
21730 \begin_inset Graphics
21731 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21754 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21760 produces always a square root.
21763 \begin_layout Subsection
21764 Operators with Limits
21765 \begin_inset Index idx
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 \begin_inset Index idx
21778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21787 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21796 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21800 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21803 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21804 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21805 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21806 The sum operator will automatically place its
21807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21814 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21817 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21821 \begin_inset Formula \[
21822 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21826 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21833 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21834 behind the operator and hitting
21842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21843 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21845 \begin_inset space ~
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21866 feature as addition, such as
21867 \begin_inset Index idx
21870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21877 \begin_inset Formula \[
21878 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21882 which will place the
21883 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21895 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21896 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21910 Have a look at section
21911 \begin_inset space ~
21915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21917 reference "sub:Functions"
21921 for an explanation of function macros.
21924 \begin_layout Subsection
21926 \begin_inset Index idx
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21939 Most math symbols can be found in the
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21947 under one of several categories; including
21964 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21968 \begin_layout Standard
21969 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21970 you don't have to use the
21973 \begin_inset space ~
21978 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21979 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21982 \begin_layout Subsection
21984 \begin_inset Index idx
21987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 \begin_layout Standard
21997 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22002 arg "space-insert protected"
22008 \begin_inset space ~
22014 \begin_inset Graphics
22015 filename ../images/math/space.png
22020 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22021 For example, the sequence
22026 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22030 \begin_inset Graphics
22031 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22036 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22037 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22038 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22039 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22041 Here are two examples:
22044 \begin_layout Standard
22054 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22060 \begin_layout Standard
22070 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22076 \begin_layout Subsection
22078 \begin_inset Index idx
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22090 name "sub:Functions"
22097 \begin_layout Standard
22101 \begin_inset space ~
22106 contains under the button
22107 \begin_inset Graphics
22108 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22112 a number of function macros, such as
22113 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22117 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22125 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22132 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22133 avoid confusions, because
22134 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22138 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22144 \begin_layout Standard
22145 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22147 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22151 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22158 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22159 s are placed, as described in section
22160 \begin_inset space ~
22164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22166 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22173 \begin_layout Subsection
22175 \begin_inset Index idx
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22188 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22190 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22191 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22196 \begin_inset space \space{}
22200 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22203 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22204 Our example is entered by typing
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 \begin_inset space ~
22229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22231 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22235 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22238 \begin_layout Standard
22239 \begin_inset Float table
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 \begin_inset Caption
22247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22250 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22254 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 \begin_inset Tabular
22265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22266 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22353 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22569 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22623 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22677 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22731 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22830 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22852 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22855 \begin_inset space ~
22861 \begin_inset Graphics
22862 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22866 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22870 \begin_layout Section
22871 Brackets and Delimiters
22872 \begin_inset Index idx
22875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22882 \begin_inset Index idx
22885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22894 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22901 \begin_layout Standard
22902 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22903 For most purposes, using just the keys
22908 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22909 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22910 toolbar delimiter icon
22911 \begin_inset Graphics
22912 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22917 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22919 \begin_inset Formula \[
22920 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22923 \end{array}\right]\]
22927 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22928 \begin_inset Formula \[
22929 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22937 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22938 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22941 \begin_layout Standard
22942 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22943 left side and right side.
22944 If you use the option
22947 \begin_inset space ~
22952 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22953 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22954 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22955 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22960 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22961 inside the brackets.
22962 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22967 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22970 \begin_layout Section
22971 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22972 \begin_inset Index idx
22975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22982 \begin_inset Index idx
22985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22992 \begin_inset Index idx
22995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22996 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23005 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23008 \begin_inset space ~
23014 \begin_inset Graphics
23015 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23020 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23021 Here is an example:
23022 \begin_inset Formula \[
23023 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23027 \end{array}\right)\]
23031 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23032 \begin_inset space ~
23036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23038 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23043 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23044 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23045 This alignment is set in the box
23050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23098 for every column as default.
23099 For example, the sequence
23100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23111 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23112 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23113 corresponds to the relevant column.
23114 The result will look like this:
23115 \begin_inset Formula \[
23117 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23118 column & has & has\, right\\
23119 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23127 \begin_layout Standard
23128 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23131 arg "newline-insert newline"
23134 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23135 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23140 or the math toolbar.
23143 \begin_layout Standard
23144 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23145 It can be created with the menu
23147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23148 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23150 \begin_inset space ~
23162 Here is an example:
23163 \begin_inset Formula \[
23175 \begin_layout Standard
23176 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23179 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23182 arg "newline-insert newline"
23186 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23191 arg "newline-insert newline"
23194 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23202 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23203 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23204 A new row is created by every further hit of
23207 arg "newline-insert newline"
23211 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23212 Here is an example:
23213 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23214 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23215 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23220 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23221 where you want to start the shift and hit
23226 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23227 position to the next column.
23228 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23229 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23230 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23231 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23246 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23247 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23250 reference "eq:asquared"
23255 The other types are described in section
23256 \begin_inset space ~
23260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23262 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23269 \begin_layout Section
23270 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23271 \begin_inset Index idx
23274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 Math ! Formula numbering
23281 \begin_inset Index idx
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23285 Math ! Referencing formulas
23291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23293 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23303 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23304 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23306 \begin_inset space ~
23314 arg "math-number-toggle"
23318 The formula number appears in LyX as
23319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23326 within parentheses.
23328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23335 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23337 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23338 the document class.
23339 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23340 separated by a dot:
23341 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23342 1+1=2\end{equation}
23349 arg "math-number-toggle"
23352 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23353 You can only number displayed formulas.
23356 \begin_layout Standard
23357 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23359 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23360 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23362 \begin_inset space ~
23366 \begin_inset space ~
23370 \begin_inset space ~
23378 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23381 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23382 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23384 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23390 To number all lines use the shortcut
23393 arg "math-number-toggle"
23399 \begin_layout Standard
23400 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23403 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23404 A label is inserted with the menu
23406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23409 when the cursor is in the formula.
23410 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23411 It is recommended to use the proposed
23412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23423 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23424 type when you have many labels in your document.
23425 We inserted in the following example the label
23426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23433 in the second line:
23434 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23435 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23436 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23441 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23442 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23452 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23456 \begin_inset space ~
23462 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23463 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23464 as the formula number:
23467 \begin_layout Standard
23468 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23471 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23478 \begin_layout Standard
23479 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23480 \begin_inset space ~
23484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23486 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23491 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23497 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23510 \begin_layout Section
23511 User defined math macros
23512 \begin_inset Index idx
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23525 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23526 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23527 Math macros are explained in section
23530 \begin_inset space ~
23542 \begin_layout Section
23546 \begin_layout Subsection
23548 \begin_inset Index idx
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23562 To set a font in a formula, use the
23565 \begin_inset space ~
23571 \begin_inset Graphics
23572 filename ../images/math/font.png
23576 , or enter its command, listed in table
23577 \begin_inset space ~
23581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23583 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23590 \begin_layout Standard
23591 \begin_inset Float table
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 \begin_inset Caption
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23602 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23606 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23616 \begin_inset Tabular
23617 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23618 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23739 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23793 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 \begin_layout Standard
23889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23897 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23914 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23915 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23920 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23921 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23922 Here an example where
23923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23934 denotes the set of numbers:
23935 \begin_inset Formula \[
23936 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23943 \begin_layout Standard
23944 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23950 \begin_inset space \space{}
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23966 \begin_inset Newline newline
23969 So it is better not to use this feature.
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23974 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23978 \begin_inset Newline newline
23981 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23987 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23988 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23994 \begin_layout Standard
24001 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24008 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24010 \begin_inset space ~
24018 \begin_layout Subsection
24020 \begin_inset Index idx
24023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24035 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24039 \begin_inset space ~
24043 \begin_inset space ~
24051 \begin_inset space ~
24057 \begin_inset Graphics
24058 filename ../images/math/font.png
24069 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24070 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24071 Here is an example:
24072 \begin_inset Formula \[
24074 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24075 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24083 \begin_layout Subsection
24085 \begin_inset Index idx
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24097 \begin_layout Standard
24098 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24099 automatically chosen in most situations.
24117 For most characters,
24125 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24126 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24131 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24132 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24134 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24135 \begin_inset Graphics
24136 filename ../images/math/style.png
24141 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24142 For example, you can set
24143 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24146 , which is normally in
24155 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24159 The four styles are used in the following example:
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24163 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24167 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24171 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24175 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24182 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24183 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24187 \begin_inset space ~
24192 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24193 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24194 will be adjusted to correspond.
24195 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24206 \begin_layout Standard
24210 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24216 \begin_layout Section
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24221 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24222 the document classes and into layout modules.
24223 \begin_inset Index idx
24226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24232 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24233 other than the AMS classes.
24235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24237 reference "sub:Modules"
24241 for more on layout modules.
24244 \begin_layout Section
24246 \begin_inset Index idx
24249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24256 \begin_inset Index idx
24259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24269 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24270 (AMS) that are in common use.
24273 \begin_layout Subsection
24274 Enabling AMS-Support
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 Selecting the checkbox
24281 \begin_inset space ~
24285 \begin_inset space ~
24289 \begin_inset space ~
24296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24300 \begin_inset Index idx
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24304 Document ! Settings
24312 \begin_inset space ~
24317 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24319 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24320 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24323 \begin_layout Subsection
24325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24327 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24332 \begin_inset Index idx
24335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24336 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24344 \begin_layout Standard
24345 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24346 LyX allows you to choose between
24367 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24370 \begin_layout Chapter
24374 \begin_layout Section
24376 \begin_inset Index idx
24379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24388 name "sec:Cross-References"
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24397 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24399 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24400 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24401 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24404 \begin_layout Enumerate
24408 \begin_layout Enumerate
24409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24411 name "enu:Second-item"
24418 \begin_layout Enumerate
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24428 or by pressing the toolbar button
24429 \begin_inset Graphics
24430 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24436 A grey label box like this:
24437 \begin_inset Graphics
24438 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24443 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24444 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24479 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24484 \begin_inset space \space{}
24487 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24508 or the toolbar button
24509 \begin_inset Graphics
24510 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24516 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24517 \begin_inset Graphics
24518 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24523 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24525 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24538 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24542 \begin_layout Standard
24545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24548 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24553 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24554 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24556 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24564 \begin_inset space ~
24568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24570 reference "enu:Second-item"
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24578 It is recommended to use a protected space
24582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 described in section
24584 \begin_inset space ~
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24590 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24599 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24603 \begin_layout Standard
24604 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24607 \begin_layout Description
24608 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24611 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24618 \begin_layout Description
24619 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24620 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24632 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24639 \begin_layout Description
24640 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24646 LatexCommand pageref
24647 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24654 \begin_layout Description
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24660 \begin_inset space ~
24663 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24665 LatexCommand vpageref
24666 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24673 \begin_layout Description
24675 \begin_inset space ~
24679 \begin_inset space ~
24683 \begin_inset space ~
24686 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24690 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24697 \begin_layout Description
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24702 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24703 \begin_inset Newline newline
24707 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24715 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24720 \begin_inset Index idx
24723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24724 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24738 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24739 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24745 \begin_inset space \space{}
24749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24763 \begin_layout Standard
24764 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24765 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24766 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24770 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24774 \begin_layout Standard
24775 You can only use the style
24779 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24783 is always possible.
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24787 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24788 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24789 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24790 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24791 \begin_inset space ~
24795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24797 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24808 \begin_inset space ~
24812 \begin_inset space ~
24817 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24819 The button text changes then to
24822 \begin_inset space ~
24827 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24828 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24829 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24830 \begin_inset Graphics
24831 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24832 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24833 rotateOrigin center
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24841 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24842 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24843 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24846 \begin_layout Standard
24847 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24848 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24852 References are described in detail in the
24859 \begin_layout Section
24860 Table of Contents and other Listings
24861 \begin_inset Index idx
24864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24871 \begin_inset Index idx
24874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24890 \begin_layout Subsection
24892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24894 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24905 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24907 \begin_inset space ~
24911 \begin_inset space ~
24917 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24918 If you click on it, the
24922 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24923 sections in your documents.
24924 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24929 that is described in sec.
24930 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24936 reference "sec:Navigating"
24943 \begin_layout Standard
24944 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24945 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24947 \begin_inset space ~
24951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24953 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24957 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24959 \begin_inset space ~
24963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24965 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24969 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24971 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24974 \begin_layout Subsection
24975 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24978 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24986 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24987 You can insert them via the
24989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24991 \begin_inset space ~
24995 \begin_inset space ~
25001 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25004 \begin_layout Section
25005 URLs and Hyperlinks
25006 \begin_inset Index idx
25009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25016 \begin_inset Index idx
25019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25028 \begin_layout Subsection
25030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25039 \begin_layout Standard
25040 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25048 \begin_layout Standard
25049 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25050 \begin_inset Flex URL
25053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25064 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25070 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25083 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25091 \begin_layout Subsection
25093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25095 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25102 \begin_layout Standard
25103 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25108 or with the toolbar button
25109 \begin_inset Graphics
25110 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25116 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25125 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25126 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25127 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25129 name "LyX's homepage"
25130 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25134 , an Email address like this:
25135 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25137 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25138 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25143 , or a link to a file.
25146 \begin_layout Standard
25147 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25160 to the link target.
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25165 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25166 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25167 the text style dialog.
25168 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25172 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25174 name "LyX's homepage"
25175 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25183 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25187 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25190 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25194 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25196 \begin_inset Newline newline
25204 \begin_inset Newline newline
25211 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25214 \begin_layout Section
25216 \begin_inset Index idx
25219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25228 name "sec:Appendices"
25235 \begin_layout Standard
25236 Appendices are created with the menu
25238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25240 \begin_inset space ~
25244 \begin_inset space ~
25250 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25251 as the appendix region.
25252 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25256 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25257 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25258 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25259 and the subsection number.
25260 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25266 \begin_inset space ~
25270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25272 reference "cha:Credits"
25277 \begin_inset space ~
25281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25283 reference "sub:Export"
25290 \begin_layout Section
25292 \begin_inset Index idx
25295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25304 name "sec:Bibliography"
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25313 You can include a bibliography database,
25317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25318 Known under the name
25319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25331 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25332 manually, using the paragraph environment
25336 , which was described in section
25337 \begin_inset space ~
25341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25343 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25348 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25349 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25353 use a bibliography database.
25356 \begin_layout Subsection
25357 The Bibliography Environment
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25365 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25367 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25376 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25378 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25387 , a short form of its title, as key.
25390 \begin_layout Standard
25391 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25396 or the toolbar button
25397 \begin_inset Graphics
25398 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25404 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25405 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25406 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25407 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25412 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25413 entry with surrounding brackets.
25418 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25419 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25431 \begin_layout Standard
25434 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25437 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25439 key "latexcompanion"
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25447 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25457 \begin_layout Subsection
25458 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25459 \begin_inset Index idx
25462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25463 Bibliography ! Databases
25469 \begin_inset Index idx
25472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25473 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25481 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25495 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25497 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25498 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25503 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25505 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25506 your working field in a database.
25507 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25508 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25510 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 The database is a text file with the file extension
25516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25527 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25528 The format is explained in
25529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25535 and in LaTeX books (
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25538 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25543 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25544 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25545 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25546 \begin_inset Flex URL
25549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25551 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 To use a database, use the menu
25562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 \begin_inset space ~
25586 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25587 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25590 Add bibliography to TOC
25592 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25597 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25601 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25613 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25614 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25615 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25617 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25623 For information how this is done, have a look at
25624 \begin_inset Newline newline
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25630 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25643 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25648 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25651 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25679 \begin_inset space ~
25685 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 When you select the option
25703 Sectioned bibliography
25707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25710 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25711 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25713 Customizing Bibliographies
25721 Additional Features
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25727 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25728 the two methods of creating them.
25729 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25730 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25731 We used the style file
25735 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25738 \begin_layout Subsection
25739 Bibliography layout
25740 \begin_inset Index idx
25743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25744 Bibliography ! Layout
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25754 For this feature you need to enable the option
25760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25764 \begin_inset Index idx
25767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25768 Document ! Settings
25778 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25779 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25780 in the previous section.
25783 \begin_layout Standard
25784 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25785 in the citation reference window.
25786 Here an example where we set the text
25787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25791 \begin_inset space ~
25795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25798 to appear after the reference:
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25803 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25806 key "latexcompanion"
25813 \begin_layout Section
25815 \begin_inset Index idx
25818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25839 \begin_inset space ~
25844 or the toolbar button
25845 \begin_inset Graphics
25846 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25864 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25865 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25866 by LyX as the index entry.
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25871 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25873 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25875 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25882 \begin_layout Standard
25883 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25887 \begin_inset space ~
25891 \begin_inset space ~
25894 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25896 \begin_inset space ~
25902 A light blue box labeled
25903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25914 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25915 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25918 \begin_layout Subsection
25919 Grouping Index Entries
25920 \begin_inset Index idx
25923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25933 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25935 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25936 lists under the entry
25937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25945 First we create the entry
25946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25954 \begin_inset space ~
25958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25960 reference "sub:Lists"
25965 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25966 \begin_inset space ~
25970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25972 reference "sec:Itemize"
25976 , we insert the command
25979 \begin_layout Standard
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25996 for the enumerated list in section
25997 \begin_inset space ~
26001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26003 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26011 The exclamation mark
26012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26019 marks the grouping levels.
26020 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26021 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26022 If we don't have an index entry for
26023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26033 \begin_layout Subsection
26035 \begin_inset Index idx
26038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26039 Index ! Page ranges
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26050 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26051 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26053 \begin_inset space ~
26057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26059 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26069 Paragraph environments|(
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26073 and another entry at the end of section
26074 \begin_inset space ~
26078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26080 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26090 Paragraph environments|)
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26118 respectively start and end the index range.
26119 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26120 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26121 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26122 An example is the index entry
26123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26126 Document ! Settings
26127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26133 \begin_layout Subsection
26135 \begin_inset Index idx
26138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26139 Index ! Cross referencing
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26149 We referred for example in the index entry
26150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26158 \begin_inset space ~
26162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26164 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26168 ) to the index entry
26169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26176 in the same section using the entry
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26182 GIF|see{Image formats}
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26186 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26187 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26188 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26191 \begin_layout Subsection
26193 \begin_inset Index idx
26196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26197 Index ! Entry order
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26206 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26207 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26208 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26213 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26215 \begin_inset space ~
26219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26221 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26230 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26231 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26256 \begin_inset Index idx
26259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26260 Dummy entries ! maïs
26266 \begin_inset Index idx
26269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26270 Dummy entries ! maître
26276 \begin_inset Index idx
26279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26280 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26285 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26286 order maïs, maison, maître.
26287 To achieve this, we use the command
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26293 previous entry@current entry
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26297 In our case we want to have
26298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26313 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26323 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26324 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26336 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26341 to generate the index (see sec.
26342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26348 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26357 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26365 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26369 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26370 index commands start with
26371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26383 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26388 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26415 \begin_layout Subsection
26417 \begin_inset Index idx
26420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26421 Index ! Entry layout
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26430 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26431 \begin_inset Index idx
26434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26437 This is an italic dummy entry
26442 You can also format the page number using the character
26443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26450 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26451 We can write for example
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26457 italic page number:|textit
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26461 to get the page number in italic.
26462 \begin_inset Index idx
26465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26466 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26471 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26489 \begin_inset space ~
26495 Have a look at section
26496 \begin_inset space ~
26500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26502 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26506 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26510 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26518 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26522 to generate the index, see sec.
26523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26529 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26538 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26539 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26544 key "latexcompanion"
26556 \begin_layout Standard
26557 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26559 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26560 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26561 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26562 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26563 If so, put the following in the preamble
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26578 \begin_layout Standard
26582 \begin_layout Standard
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26589 in the index entry.
26590 \begin_inset Index idx
26593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26594 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26599 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26600 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26601 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26604 \begin_layout Standard
26605 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26611 \begin_inset space \space{}
26614 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26615 for all index entries.
26616 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26628 documentation for details,
26629 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26631 key "makeindex,xindy"
26638 \begin_layout Subsection
26640 \begin_inset Index idx
26643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26652 name "sub:Index-Program"
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26660 If the index entry program
26664 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26668 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26677 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26678 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26679 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26680 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26681 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26691 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26692 dialog, see section
26693 \begin_inset space ~
26697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26699 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26704 The available options are listed and explained in
26705 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26707 key "makeindex,xindy"
26712 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26716 \begin_layout Standard
26717 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26718 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26722 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26723 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26727 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26728 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26731 \begin_layout Subsection
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26737 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26745 next to the standard index.
26746 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26747 packages that add this feature.
26753 \begin_inset Index idx
26756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26757 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26762 package to generate multiple indexes.
26763 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26764 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26772 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26773 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26774 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26781 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26782 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26789 Use multiple Indexes
26790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26794 Note that the list of
26795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26802 below already contains the standard index.
26803 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26804 also appear as a heading) to the
26805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26812 input field and press the
26813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26822 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26823 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26827 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26833 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26834 indexes in the LyX work area.
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26838 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26843 \begin_inset space ~
26847 \begin_inset space ~
26856 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26857 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26858 are some additional features:
26861 \begin_layout Itemize
26862 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26863 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26866 \begin_layout Itemize
26867 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26868 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26877 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26882 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26883 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26884 to the non-subindexes.
26887 \begin_layout Section
26888 Nomenclature / Glossary
26889 \begin_inset Index idx
26892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26899 \begin_inset Index idx
26902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26933 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26941 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26942 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26946 \begin_layout Standard
26947 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26952 \begin_inset Index idx
26955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26956 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26962 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26963 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26969 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26973 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26974 and then use the menu
26976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26982 \begin_inset space ~
26987 or the toolbar button
26988 \begin_inset Graphics
26989 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27007 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27010 \begin_layout Standard
27011 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27012 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27013 The second is the description of the symbol.
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27017 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27025 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27033 \begin_layout Subsection
27034 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27035 \begin_inset Index idx
27038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27039 Nomenclature ! Layout
27047 \begin_layout Standard
27048 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27052 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27058 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27066 \begin_inset Newline newline
27074 \begin_inset Newline newline
27080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27087 character starts/ends the formula.
27088 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27111 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27112 \begin_inset space ~
27116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27118 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27125 \begin_layout Standard
27129 \begin_inset space ~
27134 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27135 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27140 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27147 in this document is:
27148 \begin_inset Newline newline
27153 dummy entry for the character
27158 \begin_inset Newline newline
27170 \begin_inset space ~
27180 font use the command
27209 \begin_layout Subsection
27210 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27211 \begin_inset Index idx
27214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27215 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27225 the symbol definition.
27226 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27227 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27230 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27231 LatexCommand nomenclature
27233 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27240 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27244 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27245 LatexCommand nomenclature
27248 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27253 They will be sorted by
27254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27280 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27283 will be sorted before the
27287 since the character
27288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27295 is considered in sorting.
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27302 \begin_inset space ~
27307 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27308 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27310 For the example given, you can insert
27314 in this field for the
27315 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27322 will be located before
27323 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27330 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27335 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27344 \begin_layout Subsection
27345 Nomenclature Options
27346 \begin_inset Index idx
27349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27350 Nomenclature ! Options
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27363 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27364 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27367 \begin_layout Description
27368 refeq Appends the phrase
27369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27384 to every nomenclature entry, where
27390 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27393 \begin_layout Description
27394 refpage Appends the phrase
27395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27410 to every nomenclature entry, where
27416 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27419 \begin_layout Description
27420 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 There are furthermore the options
27468 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27472 \begin_layout Standard
27473 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27474 class options list in the
27476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27480 In this document the option
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27488 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27495 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27496 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27501 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27504 \begin_layout Description
27514 \begin_layout Description
27517 nomrefpage Like the
27524 \begin_layout Description
27527 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27536 \begin_layout Description
27540 \begin_inset space ~
27546 \begin_inset space ~
27551 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27554 \begin_layout Subsection
27555 Printing the Nomenclature
27556 \begin_inset Index idx
27559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27560 Nomenclature ! Printing
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27573 \begin_inset space ~
27577 \begin_inset space ~
27580 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27584 A light blue box labeled
27585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27596 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27597 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27610 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27618 For example, in order to change the name to
27622 , add the following line to the preamble:
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27633 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27637 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27643 \begin_layout Standard
27644 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27645 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27656 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27662 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27663 \begin_inset space ~
27667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27669 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27674 The default value is 1
27675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27681 \begin_layout Subsection
27682 Nomenclature Program
27683 \begin_inset Index idx
27686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27687 Nomenclature ! Program
27693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27695 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27702 \begin_layout Standard
27703 LyX uses the program
27707 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27708 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27713 by adding options, see section
27714 \begin_inset space ~
27718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27720 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27725 The available options are listed and explained in
27726 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27728 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27735 \begin_layout Section
27737 \begin_inset Index idx
27740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 \begin_inset Index idx
27750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27751 Document ! Branches
27757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27759 name "sec:Branches"
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27768 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27769 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27770 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27775 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27776 To create a branch, go in the
27778 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27786 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27787 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27791 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27792 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27797 where you can choose a branch.
27798 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27802 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27803 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27807 \begin_inset Branch Question
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27811 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27820 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27824 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27840 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27841 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27843 For example you can define for the question branch
27847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27848 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27849 \begin_inset space ~
27853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27855 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27888 and for the answer branch
27891 \begin_layout Standard
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27911 \begin_layout Standard
27912 \begin_inset Branch Question
27915 \begin_layout Standard
27919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27948 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27984 Now it is possible to use the commands
27988 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27995 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27998 to obtain conditional output.
27999 Here is an example formula where only the
28006 \begin_inset Formula \[
28007 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28015 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28023 \begin_layout Section
28025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28027 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28032 \begin_inset Index idx
28035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28049 dialog allows you in the
28053 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28054 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28059 \begin_inset Index idx
28062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28063 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28076 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28077 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28078 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28080 You can specify in the dialog tab
28084 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28086 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28087 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28096 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28097 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28098 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28100 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28101 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28103 \begin_inset space ~
28106 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28107 \begin_inset space ~
28110 1 will only display the sections.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 The header information in the dialog tab
28118 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28119 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28124 \begin_inset space \space{}
28127 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28128 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28131 Automatic fill header
28133 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28134 title and author settings.
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28140 Load in fullscreen mode
28142 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28147 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28153 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28154 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28163 \begin_layout Section
28164 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28167 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28174 \begin_layout Subsection
28176 \begin_inset Index idx
28179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28188 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28197 constructs, but not all.
28198 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28199 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28200 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28201 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28202 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28206 \begin_layout Standard
28207 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28209 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28213 \begin_inset space ~
28218 or by the toolbar button
28219 \begin_inset Graphics
28220 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28225 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28229 \begin_layout Standard
28230 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28231 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28232 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28239 , you can write the command part
28245 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28249 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28250 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28251 the following example:
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28255 \begin_inset Graphics
28256 filename clipart/ERT.png
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 This is a line with a
28273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28297 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28305 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28306 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28314 \begin_layout Subsection
28315 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28316 \begin_inset OptArg
28319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28326 \begin_inset Index idx
28329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28338 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28347 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28348 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28357 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28358 any time if you know the right commands.
28360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28364 \begin_inset space \space{}
28367 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28369 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28370 all caption labels bold.
28371 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28373 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28378 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28379 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28380 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28382 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28391 \begin_layout Standard
28392 As result you know that the package
28397 \begin_inset Index idx
28400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28401 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28407 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28409 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28415 \begin_layout Standard
28420 usepackage[options]{package name}
28423 \begin_layout Standard
28424 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28425 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28426 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 In your case the package name is
28435 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28440 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28441 So you add the command
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28449 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28453 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28458 For more commands provided by the
28462 package, have a look at its documentation,
28463 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28477 \begin_layout Standard
28478 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28480 For example if you use a
28484 class, you don't need the package
28488 , you can instead write
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28496 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28501 \begin_layout Standard
28502 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28503 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28504 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28511 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28516 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28518 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28519 the previous section.
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28525 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28527 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28535 \begin_layout Section
28536 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28539 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28544 \begin_inset Index idx
28547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28554 \begin_inset Index idx
28557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28568 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28569 to break your train of thought with
28571 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28577 \begin_layout Standard
28578 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28579 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28584 \begin_inset Index idx
28587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28588 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28593 as explained below, and turn on
28596 \begin_inset space ~
28603 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28607 \begin_inset space ~
28611 \begin_inset space ~
28614 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28619 \begin_inset space ~
28624 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28628 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28630 Previews of an already loaded document are
28634 generated just by selecting the
28637 \begin_inset space ~
28642 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28646 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28647 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28650 \begin_inset space ~
28655 check box in the insert dialog.
28656 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28660 \begin_layout Standard
28661 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28665 (on some systems named simply
28670 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28672 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28678 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28679 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28687 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28698 \begin_layout Standard
28699 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28703 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28705 \begin_inset space ~
28710 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28711 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28713 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28714 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28715 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28716 the source view window.
28719 \begin_layout Section
28721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28723 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28728 \begin_inset Index idx
28731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28742 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28759 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28765 can be seen as the successor to
28773 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28779 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28780 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28788 \begin_layout Standard
28789 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28790 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28797 \begin_layout Standard
28800 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28803 or the toolbar button
28804 \begin_inset Graphics
28805 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28810 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28811 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28812 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28813 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28814 scrolled so that it is visible.
28819 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28821 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28825 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28826 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28830 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28837 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28838 will bring an error message.
28839 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28840 specifying a different
28842 Alternative language
28844 in preferences dialog.
28847 \begin_layout Standard
28848 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28851 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28856 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28857 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28859 But you can use the
28862 \begin_inset space ~
28866 \begin_inset space ~
28874 \begin_layout Standard
28875 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28876 This does work with
28880 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28883 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28887 \begin_layout Standard
28892 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28895 \begin_layout Description
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28900 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28901 should consider, e.
28902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28906 \begin_inset space \space{}
28909 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28910 This should not normally be needed.
28913 \begin_layout Description
28915 \begin_inset space ~
28918 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28919 the spell checker's default choice
28922 \begin_layout Description
28924 \begin_inset space ~
28928 \begin_inset space ~
28931 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28943 \begin_layout Description
28945 \begin_inset space ~
28949 \begin_inset space ~
28952 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28961 also for the spellchecker.
28965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28966 The encodings are explained in section
28967 \begin_inset space ~
28971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28973 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28982 Only enable this if you use
28986 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28987 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28988 so this is disabled by default.
28991 \begin_layout Section
28993 \begin_inset Index idx
28996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29005 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29012 \begin_layout Standard
29013 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29014 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29024 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29026 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29035 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29036 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29037 are available for many languages.
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29041 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29045 \begin_layout Subsection
29046 Setting up the thesaurus
29049 \begin_layout Standard
29054 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29059 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29064 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29070 en_EN for English).
29071 For instance, the English files are named:
29074 \begin_layout Itemize
29078 \begin_layout Itemize
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29083 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29084 already on your system.
29085 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29086 \begin_inset Flex URL
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29091 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29097 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29102 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29104 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29105 unpack a zip archive.
29108 \begin_layout Standard
29117 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29118 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29120 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29121 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29125 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29128 \begin_layout Subsection
29129 Using the thesaurus
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29133 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29135 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29138 or the toolbar button
29139 \begin_inset Graphics
29140 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29142 rotateOrigin center
29146 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29148 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29150 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29151 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29152 and hyponyms (such as
29160 ), compounds (such as
29164 ) and antonyms (such as
29172 ), which are marked as such.
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29177 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29182 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29183 the dictionary, such as the above
29187 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29192 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29193 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29194 For example looking up the word forms
29202 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29207 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29220 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29221 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29222 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29225 \begin_layout Subsection
29226 License of the Thesaurus library
29229 \begin_layout Standard
29234 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29239 as a standalone program.
29240 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29241 The library was released under the
29243 Berkeley Database License
29245 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29246 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29247 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29249 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29252 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29256 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29259 \begin_layout Section
29261 \begin_inset Index idx
29264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29271 \begin_inset Index idx
29274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 Document ! Change Tracking
29281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29283 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29290 \begin_layout Standard
29291 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29292 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29293 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29294 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29298 \begin_inset space ~
29301 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29303 \begin_inset space ~
29311 \begin_layout Standard
29312 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29326 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29327 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29330 \begin_inset space ~
29334 \begin_inset space ~
29344 \begin_inset Index idx
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 Color ! Change tracking
29353 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29354 the cursor is in changed text.
29355 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29356 \begin_inset Graphics
29357 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29359 rotateOrigin center
29366 \begin_layout Standard
29367 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29368 \begin_inset Index idx
29371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29380 \begin_layout Standard
29381 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29387 \begin_layout Standard
29388 \begin_inset Graphics
29389 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29396 \begin_layout Standard
29397 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29408 \begin_layout Standard
29409 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29416 \begin_inset Tabular
29417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29418 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29419 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29420 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 \begin_inset Graphics
29427 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29429 rotateOrigin center
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29444 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29446 \begin_inset space ~
29449 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29451 \begin_inset space ~
29460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 \begin_inset Graphics
29466 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29468 rotateOrigin center
29477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29485 \begin_inset space ~
29488 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29490 \begin_inset space ~
29494 \begin_inset space ~
29498 \begin_inset space ~
29507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 \begin_inset Graphics
29513 filename ../images/change-next.png
29514 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29515 rotateOrigin center
29524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 Jumps to the next change
29534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29539 \begin_inset Graphics
29540 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29542 rotateOrigin center
29551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29559 \begin_inset space ~
29562 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29564 \begin_inset space ~
29573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29578 \begin_inset Graphics
29579 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29581 rotateOrigin center
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29596 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29598 \begin_inset space ~
29601 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29603 \begin_inset space ~
29612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29617 \begin_inset Graphics
29618 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29619 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29620 rotateOrigin center
29629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29637 \begin_inset space ~
29640 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29642 \begin_inset space ~
29651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 \begin_inset Graphics
29657 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29659 rotateOrigin center
29668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29676 \begin_inset space ~
29679 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29681 \begin_inset space ~
29685 \begin_inset space ~
29694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 \begin_inset Graphics
29700 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29702 rotateOrigin center
29711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29719 \begin_inset space ~
29722 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29724 \begin_inset space ~
29728 \begin_inset space ~
29737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 \begin_inset Graphics
29743 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29745 rotateOrigin center
29754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29761 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29763 \begin_inset space ~
29772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 \begin_inset Graphics
29778 filename ../images/note-next.png
29779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29780 rotateOrigin center
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29797 \begin_inset space ~
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29814 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29821 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29822 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29823 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29824 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29825 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29826 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29827 step to the next change.
29828 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29831 \begin_layout Standard
29832 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29833 to describe a change.
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29837 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29842 \begin_inset Index idx
29845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29846 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29852 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29853 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29859 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29862 \begin_layout Section
29863 International Support
29864 \begin_inset Index idx
29867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 International support
29876 \begin_layout Standard
29877 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29878 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29879 how to set up LyX to use them:
29880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29882 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29889 \begin_layout Standard
29890 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29891 \begin_inset space ~
29895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29897 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29904 \begin_layout Subsection
29906 \begin_inset Index idx
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 \begin_inset Index idx
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 Document ! Settings
29926 \begin_inset Index idx
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29930 Document ! Language
29938 \begin_layout Standard
29941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29944 dialog lets you set
29946 the language and character encoding for your language.
29950 \begin_layout Standard
29951 Choose your language in the
29955 section of this dialog.
29963 \begin_layout Standard
29968 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29973 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29974 For details about the different encoding options see section
29975 \begin_inset space ~
29979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29981 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29988 \begin_layout Subsection
29989 Keyboard mapping configuration
29990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29992 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30000 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30001 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30002 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30003 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30004 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30006 \begin_inset space ~
30010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30012 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30017 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30018 which one you want to use.
30021 \begin_layout Standard
30022 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30023 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30024 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30025 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30026 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30027 one to support the characters you want.
30028 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30035 \begin_layout Subsection
30039 \begin_layout Standard
30041 \begin_inset space ~
30045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30047 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30056 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30060 \begin_layout Standard
30061 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30062 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30070 \begin_layout Itemize
30071 Even if you have selected
30077 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30080 dialog, users who have only the
30084 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30088 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30089 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30090 french quotes won't show up.
30093 \begin_layout Standard
30094 \begin_inset Float table
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30100 \begin_inset Caption
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30105 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 \begin_inset Tabular
30124 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30125 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30127 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 \begin_layout Standard
34556 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34558 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34559 also the characters from
34571 \begin_layout Itemize
34580 \begin_layout Standard
34581 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34588 \begin_layout Standard
34589 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34597 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34606 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34620 \begin_layout Standard
34622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34637 \begin_layout Itemize
34650 \begin_layout Standard
34652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34658 \begin_layout Standard
34660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34666 \begin_layout Standard
34668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34682 \begin_layout Standard
34684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34692 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34699 \begin_layout Standard
34700 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34701 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34702 Also make sure you're using the
34709 \begin_layout Chapter
34712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34714 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34721 \begin_layout Standard
34722 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34723 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34724 topic inside the user's guide.
34727 \begin_layout Section
34729 \begin_inset Index idx
34732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34741 \begin_layout Standard
34746 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34747 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34750 \begin_layout Subsection
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34755 Creates a new document.
34758 \begin_layout Subsection
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34763 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34764 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34765 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34768 \begin_layout Subsection
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34776 \begin_layout Subsection
34780 \begin_layout Standard
34781 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34782 Click there on a file to open it.
34785 \begin_layout Subsection
34789 \begin_layout Standard
34790 Closes the current document.
34793 \begin_layout Subsection
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34798 Closes all opened documents.
34801 \begin_layout Subsection
34805 \begin_layout Standard
34806 Saves the actual document.
34809 \begin_layout Subsection
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34817 \begin_layout Subsection
34821 \begin_layout Standard
34822 Saves all opened documents.
34825 \begin_layout Subsection
34829 \begin_layout Standard
34830 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34833 \begin_layout Subsection
34837 \begin_layout Standard
34838 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34839 It is described in the section
34841 Version Control in LyX
34845 Additional Features
34850 \begin_layout Subsection
34854 \begin_layout Standard
34855 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34856 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34857 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34858 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 When using the menu entry
34865 \begin_inset space ~
34870 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34874 \begin_inset space ~
34878 \begin_inset space ~
34883 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34884 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34887 \begin_layout Subsection
34889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34898 \begin_layout Standard
34899 You can export your document to various file formats.
34900 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34901 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34902 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34908 \begin_inset space ~
34912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34914 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34921 \begin_layout Description
34925 \begin_inset space ~
34930 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34932 \begin_inset Newline newline
34935 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34938 \begin_layout Description
34946 \begin_layout Description
34947 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34951 \begin_layout Description
34953 \begin_inset space ~
34957 \begin_inset space ~
34960 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34964 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34972 \begin_layout Description
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34987 \begin_inset space ~
34992 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34993 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34997 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35000 \begin_layout Description
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35015 \begin_inset space ~
35020 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35021 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35029 \begin_layout Description
35031 \begin_inset space ~
35034 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35042 is replaced by the version number)
35045 \begin_layout Description
35046 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35049 \begin_layout Description
35050 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35063 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35067 \begin_layout Description
35071 \begin_inset space ~
35076 PDF-format using the program
35081 \begin_layout Description
35085 \begin_inset space ~
35090 PDF-format using the program
35095 \begin_layout Description
35099 \begin_inset space ~
35104 PDF-format using the program
35109 \begin_layout Description
35113 \begin_inset space ~
35121 \begin_layout Description
35125 \begin_inset space ~
35129 \begin_inset space ~
35134 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35135 and then exported as text using the program
35140 \begin_layout Description
35145 PostScript format using the program
35150 \begin_layout Description
35158 \begin_layout Standard
35163 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35164 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35170 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 If one of the menu entries
35181 \begin_inset space ~
35190 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35191 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35192 \begin_inset space ~
35196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35198 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35203 \begin_inset Index idx
35206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35207 Reconfiguration of LyX
35215 \begin_layout Standard
35220 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35221 the export program.
35224 \begin_layout Subsection
35228 \begin_layout Standard
35229 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35230 format or send it to a printer.
35231 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35232 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35238 For more information have a look at section
35239 \begin_inset space ~
35243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35245 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35252 \begin_layout Subsection
35256 \begin_layout Standard
35257 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35258 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35259 prefix, see section
35260 \begin_inset space ~
35264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35266 reference "sec:Paths"
35271 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35280 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35281 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35282 \begin_inset space ~
35286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35288 reference "sub:Converters"
35295 \begin_layout Subsection
35296 New and Close Window
35299 \begin_layout Standard
35300 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35311 \begin_layout Section
35313 \begin_inset Index idx
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 \begin_layout Subsection
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35330 Described in section
35331 \begin_inset space ~
35335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35337 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35344 \begin_layout Subsection
35345 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35348 \begin_layout Standard
35349 Described in section
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35356 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35363 \begin_layout Subsection
35367 \begin_layout Standard
35368 Selects the whole document.
35371 \begin_layout Subsection
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35376 Described in section
35377 \begin_inset space ~
35381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35383 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35390 \begin_layout Subsection
35391 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35394 \begin_layout Standard
35395 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35399 \begin_layout Subsection
35403 \begin_layout Standard
35404 Described in section
35405 \begin_inset space ~
35409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35411 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35418 \begin_layout Subsection
35420 \begin_inset Index idx
35423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35424 Paragraph ! Settings
35432 \begin_layout Standard
35433 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35434 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35437 \begin_layout Standard
35438 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35439 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35447 \begin_inset space ~
35455 \begin_layout Subsection
35456 Table Settings and Math
35459 \begin_layout Standard
35460 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35462 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35463 The properties of tables are described in section
35464 \begin_inset space ~
35468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35470 reference "sec:Tables"
35474 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35475 \begin_inset space ~
35479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35481 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35488 \begin_layout Subsection
35489 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35492 \begin_layout Standard
35493 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35494 that can be nested.
35495 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35496 \begin_inset space ~
35500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35502 reference "sec:Nesting"
35507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35509 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35516 \begin_layout Section
35518 \begin_inset Index idx
35521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35530 \begin_layout Standard
35535 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35536 document with an external program.
35537 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35538 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35539 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35546 reference "sub:Export"
35551 You should at least see the menu entries
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35564 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35565 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35566 \begin_inset space ~
35570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35572 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35577 \begin_inset Index idx
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35581 Reconfiguration of LyX
35589 \begin_layout Standard
35590 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35591 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35592 \begin_inset space ~
35596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35598 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35603 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35606 \begin_layout Standard
35607 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35610 At the bottom of the
35614 menu the opened documents are listed.
35617 \begin_layout Subsection
35618 Open/Close all Insets
35621 \begin_layout Standard
35622 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35625 \begin_layout Subsection
35626 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35629 \begin_layout Standard
35630 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35633 \begin_layout Standard
35634 Math macros are described in the
35641 \begin_layout Subsection
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35646 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35648 \begin_inset space ~
35652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35654 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35661 \begin_layout Subsection
35665 \begin_layout Standard
35666 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35667 opening a new view window.
35670 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 \begin_layout Standard
35675 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35676 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35677 view the same document, but at different positions.
35678 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35679 or more documents at the same time.
35680 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35687 \begin_layout Subsection
35691 \begin_layout Standard
35692 Closes a split view.
35695 \begin_layout Subsection
35699 \begin_layout Standard
35700 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35701 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35702 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35703 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35704 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35707 \begin_layout Subsection
35709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35711 name "sub:Toolbars"
35716 \begin_inset Index idx
35719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35728 \begin_layout Standard
35729 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35730 All toolbars and the
35733 \begin_inset space ~
35738 can be turned on and off.
35743 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35755 \begin_inset space ~
35764 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35768 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35775 \begin_layout Standard
35780 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35784 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35785 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35786 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35787 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35788 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35791 \begin_layout Standard
35792 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35793 \begin_inset space ~
35797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35799 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35806 \begin_layout Section
35808 \begin_inset Index idx
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35820 \begin_layout Subsection
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35826 \begin_inset space ~
35830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35832 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35843 \begin_layout Subsection
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35847 name "sub:Special-Character"
35854 \begin_layout Standard
35855 Here you can insert the following characters:
35858 \begin_layout Description
35859 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35860 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35861 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35862 \begin_inset Newline newline
35866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35874 Not all characters will be visible in the
35878 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35886 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35890 ) can display every character.
35898 \begin_layout Description
35899 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35903 \begin_layout Description
35905 \begin_inset space ~
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35912 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35913 \begin_inset space ~
35917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35919 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35926 \begin_layout Description
35928 \begin_inset space ~
35931 Quote Inserts this quote:
35932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35935 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35937 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35947 \begin_layout Description
35949 \begin_inset space ~
35952 Quote Inserts this quote:
35953 \begin_inset Quotes els
35959 \begin_layout Description
35961 \begin_inset space ~
35964 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35968 \begin_layout Description
35970 \begin_inset space ~
35973 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35977 \begin_layout Description
35979 \begin_inset space ~
35982 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35986 \begin_layout Description
35988 \begin_inset space ~
35992 \begin_inset Index idx
35995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36002 \begin_inset Index idx
36005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36006 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36011 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36012 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36013 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36018 \begin_inset Index idx
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36022 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36028 \begin_inset Newline newline
36031 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36035 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36043 and this Wiki-page:
36044 \begin_inset Newline newline
36048 \begin_inset Flex URL
36051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36053 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36061 \begin_layout Subsection
36065 \begin_layout Standard
36066 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36069 \begin_layout Description
36070 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36071 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36077 \begin_layout Description
36078 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36079 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36085 \begin_layout Description
36087 \begin_inset space ~
36090 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36091 \begin_inset space ~
36095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36097 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36104 \begin_layout Description
36106 \begin_inset space ~
36109 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36110 \begin_inset space ~
36114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36116 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36123 \begin_layout Description
36125 \begin_inset space ~
36128 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36129 \begin_inset space ~
36133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36135 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36142 \begin_layout Description
36144 \begin_inset space ~
36147 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36154 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36161 \begin_layout Description
36163 \begin_inset space ~
36166 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36167 \begin_inset space ~
36171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36173 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36180 \begin_layout Description
36182 \begin_inset space ~
36185 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36186 \begin_inset space ~
36190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36192 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36199 \begin_layout Description
36201 \begin_inset space ~
36204 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36205 \begin_inset space ~
36209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36211 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36218 \begin_layout Description
36220 \begin_inset space ~
36223 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36224 \begin_inset space ~
36228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36230 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36237 \begin_layout Description
36239 \begin_inset space ~
36243 \begin_inset space ~
36246 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36247 \begin_inset space ~
36251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36253 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36260 \begin_layout Description
36262 \begin_inset space ~
36265 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36266 text line to the page border, see section
36267 \begin_inset space ~
36271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36273 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36280 \begin_layout Description
36282 \begin_inset space ~
36285 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36286 \begin_inset space ~
36290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36292 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36299 \begin_layout Description
36301 \begin_inset space ~
36304 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36305 text page to the page border, described in section
36306 \begin_inset space ~
36310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36312 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36319 \begin_layout Description
36321 \begin_inset space ~
36324 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36325 \begin_inset space ~
36329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36331 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36338 \begin_layout Description
36340 \begin_inset space ~
36344 \begin_inset space ~
36347 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36348 \begin_inset space ~
36352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36354 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36361 \begin_layout Subsection
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36366 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36367 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36369 \begin_inset space ~
36373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36375 reference "sec:toc"
36380 The index list is described in section
36381 \begin_inset space ~
36385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36387 reference "sec:Index"
36391 , the nomenclature in section
36392 \begin_inset space ~
36396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36398 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36402 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36403 \begin_inset space ~
36407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36409 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36416 \begin_layout Subsection
36420 \begin_layout Standard
36421 To insert floats, described in section
36422 \begin_inset space ~
36426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36428 reference "sec:Floats"
36435 \begin_layout Subsection
36439 \begin_layout Standard
36440 To insert notes, described in section
36441 \begin_inset space ~
36445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36447 reference "sec:Notes"
36454 \begin_layout Subsection
36458 \begin_layout Standard
36459 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36466 reference "sec:Branches"
36473 \begin_layout Subsection
36477 \begin_layout Standard
36478 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36479 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36481 An example is the document class
36482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36489 with three custom insets.
36492 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36498 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36501 \begin_layout Subsection
36503 \begin_inset Index idx
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 \begin_layout Standard
36516 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36517 files in your document.
36518 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36531 \begin_inset Index idx
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36545 \begin_inset space ~
36549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36551 reference "sec:Minipages"
36556 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36567 \begin_layout Subsection
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 Inserts a citation as described in section
36573 \begin_inset space ~
36577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36579 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36586 \begin_layout Subsection
36590 \begin_layout Standard
36591 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36592 \begin_inset space ~
36596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36598 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36605 \begin_layout Subsection
36609 \begin_layout Standard
36610 Inserts a label as described in section
36611 \begin_inset space ~
36615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36617 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36624 \begin_layout Subsection
36626 \begin_inset Index idx
36629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 \begin_inset Index idx
36639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 Longtables ! Caption
36648 \begin_layout Standard
36649 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36650 Floats are described in section
36651 \begin_inset space ~
36655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36657 reference "sec:Floats"
36661 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36672 \begin_layout Subsection
36676 \begin_layout Standard
36677 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36678 \begin_inset space ~
36682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36684 reference "sec:Index"
36691 \begin_layout Subsection
36695 \begin_layout Standard
36696 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36697 \begin_inset space ~
36701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36703 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36710 \begin_layout Subsection
36714 \begin_layout Standard
36716 Tables are described in section
36717 \begin_inset space ~
36721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36723 reference "sec:Tables"
36730 \begin_layout Subsection
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36736 Graphics are described in section
36737 \begin_inset space ~
36741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36743 reference "sec:Graphics"
36750 \begin_layout Subsection
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36755 Inserts an URL as described in section
36756 \begin_inset space ~
36760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36762 reference "sub:URLs"
36769 \begin_layout Subsection
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36774 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36775 \begin_inset space ~
36779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36781 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36788 \begin_layout Subsection
36792 \begin_layout Standard
36793 Inserts a footnote, see section
36794 \begin_inset space ~
36798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36800 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36807 \begin_layout Subsection
36811 \begin_layout Standard
36812 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36813 \begin_inset space ~
36817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36819 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36826 \begin_layout Subsection
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 Inserts a short title, see section
36832 \begin_inset space ~
36836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36838 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36845 \begin_layout Subsection
36849 \begin_layout Standard
36850 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36851 \begin_inset space ~
36855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36857 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36864 \begin_layout Subsection
36866 \begin_inset Index idx
36869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 \begin_layout Standard
36879 Inserts a program listings box.
36880 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36882 Program Code Listings
36891 \begin_layout Subsection
36895 \begin_layout Standard
36896 Inserts the actual date.
36897 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36899 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36911 \begin_layout Section
36913 \begin_inset Index idx
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36925 \begin_layout Standard
36926 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36927 \begin_inset space ~
36930 of the current document.
36931 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36934 \begin_layout Subsection
36938 \begin_layout Standard
36939 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36940 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36946 \begin_inset space \space{}
36950 \begin_inset space ~
36954 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36955 \begin_inset space ~
36958 2.5 and use the menu
36961 \begin_inset space ~
36965 \begin_inset space ~
36972 \begin_inset space ~
36978 \begin_inset space ~
36982 \begin_inset space ~
36988 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36992 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36998 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37004 \begin_layout Standard
37005 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37006 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37009 \begin_layout Subsection
37010 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37013 \begin_layout Standard
37014 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37018 \begin_layout Subsection
37022 \begin_layout Standard
37023 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37024 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37025 on a cross-reference box.
37028 \begin_layout Section
37030 \begin_inset Index idx
37033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 \begin_layout Subsection
37046 \begin_layout Standard
37047 Change Tracking is described in section
37048 \begin_inset space ~
37052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37054 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37061 \begin_layout Subsection
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37076 \begin_layout Standard
37077 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37079 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37082 \begin_layout Standard
37083 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37088 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37091 \begin_layout Subsection
37095 \begin_layout Standard
37096 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37097 \begin_inset space ~
37101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37103 reference "sec:Navigating"
37108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37110 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37117 \begin_layout Subsection
37118 Start Appendix Here
37121 \begin_layout Standard
37122 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37123 position as described in section
37124 \begin_inset space ~
37128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37130 reference "sec:Appendices"
37137 \begin_layout Subsection
37141 \begin_layout Standard
37142 Un/compresses the current document.
37145 \begin_layout Subsection
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37150 The document settings are described in appendix
37151 \begin_inset space ~
37155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37157 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37164 \begin_layout Section
37166 \begin_inset Index idx
37169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37178 \begin_layout Subsection
37182 \begin_layout Standard
37183 Spell checking is explained in section
37184 \begin_inset space ~
37188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37190 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37197 \begin_layout Subsection
37201 \begin_layout Standard
37202 The thesaurus is described in section
37203 \begin_inset space ~
37207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37209 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37216 \begin_layout Subsection
37218 \begin_inset Index idx
37221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 \begin_inset Index idx
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 \begin_layout Standard
37241 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37242 highlighted document part.
37245 \begin_layout Subsection
37247 \begin_inset Index idx
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 \begin_layout Standard
37260 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37263 \begin_layout Subsection
37265 \begin_inset Index idx
37268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37269 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37280 Reconfiguration of LyX
37284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 \begin_inset Index idx
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 Reconfiguration of LyX
37309 \begin_layout Standard
37310 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37311 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37312 \begin_inset space ~
37316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37318 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37325 \begin_layout Subsection
37329 \begin_layout Standard
37330 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37337 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37344 \begin_layout Section
37346 \begin_inset Index idx
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 \begin_layout Standard
37359 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37363 \begin_layout Standard
37367 \begin_inset space ~
37372 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37373 found by LyX (see also section
37374 \begin_inset space ~
37378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37380 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37387 \begin_layout Section
37389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37391 name "sec:Toolbars"
37398 \begin_layout Standard
37399 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37400 \begin_inset space ~
37404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37406 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37413 \begin_layout Standard
37414 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37415 This is described in the
37417 Additional Features
37422 \begin_layout Subsection
37424 \begin_inset Index idx
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_layout Standard
37437 \begin_inset Graphics
37438 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37447 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37453 \begin_layout Standard
37454 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 \begin_inset Note Note
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37475 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37480 manual for more information.
37488 \begin_layout Standard
37489 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37495 \begin_layout Standard
37496 \begin_inset Tabular
37497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37498 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37521 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37534 \begin_layout Standard
37535 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37541 \begin_layout Standard
37543 \begin_inset Tabular
37544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37545 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37546 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37547 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 \begin_inset Graphics
37556 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37572 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 \begin_inset Graphics
37585 filename ../images/file-open.png
37586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37601 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 \begin_inset Graphics
37614 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 \begin_inset Graphics
37643 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 \begin_inset Graphics
37672 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 \begin_inset Graphics
37701 filename ../images/undo.png
37702 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37717 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Graphics
37730 filename ../images/redo.png
37731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37753 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37758 \begin_inset Graphics
37759 filename ../images/cut.png
37760 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37775 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 \begin_inset Graphics
37788 filename ../images/copy.png
37789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 \begin_inset Graphics
37817 filename ../images/paste.png
37818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_inset Graphics
37846 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37848 rotateOrigin center
37857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37883 \begin_inset Graphics
37884 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37886 rotateOrigin center
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37901 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37902 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 \begin_inset Graphics
37915 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37931 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37949 \begin_inset Graphics
37950 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37966 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37968 \begin_inset space ~
37979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 \begin_inset Graphics
37985 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37986 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 Formats text using the current settings in the
38001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 \begin_inset space ~
38014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 \begin_inset Graphics
38020 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38037 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38039 \begin_inset space ~
38048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 \begin_inset Graphics
38054 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38055 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38056 rotateOrigin center
38065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 \begin_inset Graphics
38084 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38086 rotateOrigin center
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38113 \begin_inset Graphics
38114 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38116 rotateOrigin center
38125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38129 Toggle outline window on/off,
38131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38143 \begin_inset Graphics
38144 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38145 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38146 rotateOrigin center
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38170 \begin_inset Graphics
38171 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38173 rotateOrigin center
38182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38186 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38199 \begin_layout Subsection
38201 \begin_inset Index idx
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38213 \begin_layout Standard
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38223 \begin_layout Standard
38224 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38230 \begin_layout Standard
38231 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38235 \begin_layout Standard
38236 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38242 \begin_layout Standard
38243 \begin_inset Tabular
38244 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38245 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38247 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 \begin_inset Graphics
38254 filename ../images/layout.png
38255 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38256 rotateOrigin center
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 \begin_inset Graphics
38281 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38283 rotateOrigin center
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_inset Graphics
38308 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38310 rotateOrigin center
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 \begin_inset Graphics
38335 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38337 rotateOrigin center
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 \begin_inset Graphics
38362 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38364 rotateOrigin center
38373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38388 \begin_inset Graphics
38389 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38391 rotateOrigin center
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38412 \begin_inset space ~
38421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 \begin_inset Graphics
38427 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38429 rotateOrigin center
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38444 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38446 \begin_inset space ~
38450 \begin_inset space ~
38459 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38464 \begin_inset Graphics
38465 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38466 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38482 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38489 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38494 \begin_inset Graphics
38495 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38496 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38512 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38524 \begin_inset Graphics
38525 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 \begin_inset Graphics
38554 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 \begin_inset Graphics
38583 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38611 \begin_inset Graphics
38612 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38630 \begin_inset space ~
38639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38644 \begin_inset Graphics
38645 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38663 \begin_inset space ~
38672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38677 \begin_inset Graphics
38678 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38706 \begin_inset Graphics
38707 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38709 rotateOrigin center
38718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38726 \begin_inset space ~
38735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38740 \begin_inset Graphics
38741 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38758 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38760 \begin_inset space ~
38769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38774 \begin_inset Graphics
38775 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38803 \begin_inset Graphics
38804 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 \begin_inset Graphics
38833 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38876 \begin_inset Graphics
38877 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38894 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38906 \begin_inset Graphics
38907 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38924 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38940 \begin_inset Graphics
38941 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38943 rotateOrigin center
38952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38958 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38960 \begin_inset space ~
38969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 \begin_inset Graphics
38975 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38977 rotateOrigin center
38986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38994 \begin_inset space ~
39003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 \begin_inset Graphics
39009 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39011 rotateOrigin center
39020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39026 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39040 \begin_layout Subsection
39041 View / Update Toolbar
39042 \begin_inset Index idx
39045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39046 Toolbar ! View / Update
39054 \begin_layout Standard
39055 \begin_inset Graphics
39056 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39063 \begin_layout Standard
39064 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39070 \begin_layout Standard
39071 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39075 \begin_layout Standard
39076 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39083 \begin_inset Tabular
39084 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39085 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39086 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39087 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39093 \begin_inset Graphics
39094 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39096 rotateOrigin center
39105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39111 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39123 \begin_inset Graphics
39124 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39126 rotateOrigin center
39135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39141 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39142 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39154 \begin_inset Graphics
39155 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39157 rotateOrigin center
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39184 \begin_inset Graphics
39185 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39187 rotateOrigin center
39196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39202 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39203 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39215 \begin_inset Graphics
39216 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39218 rotateOrigin center
39227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39245 \begin_inset Graphics
39246 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39248 rotateOrigin center
39257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39264 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39278 \begin_layout Subsection
39282 \begin_layout Standard
39283 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39284 \begin_inset space ~
39288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39290 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39294 , the table toolbar
39295 \begin_inset Index idx
39298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39308 manual, the math macro toolbar
39309 \begin_inset Index idx
39312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39325 \begin_layout Chapter
39326 The Document Settings
39327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39329 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39334 \begin_inset Index idx
39337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39338 Document ! Settings
39346 \begin_layout Standard
39347 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39348 whole document and is called with the menu
39350 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39354 You can save your document settings as default with th
39356 e Save as Document Defaults
39358 button in the dialog.
39359 This will create a template name
39367 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39371 \begin_layout Standard
39372 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39375 \begin_layout Section
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39380 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39382 Document classes are described in section
39383 \begin_inset space ~
39387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39389 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39394 Some classes use some class options by default.
39395 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39399 and you can decide to use them or not.
39400 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39401 recommended not to touch them.
39402 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39408 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39409 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39415 When you want one of the following drivers
39416 \begin_inset Newline newline
39419 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39420 \begin_inset Newline newline
39423 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39428 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39430 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39442 \begin_layout Standard
39443 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39444 child or subdocument.
39445 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39446 without its master.
39447 This way child documents are always compilable.
39448 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39459 \begin_layout Section
39463 \begin_layout Standard
39464 Modules are explained in section
39465 \begin_inset space ~
39469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39471 reference "sub:Modules"
39478 \begin_layout Section
39482 \begin_layout Standard
39483 The document font settings are described in section
39484 \begin_inset space ~
39488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39490 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39497 \begin_layout Section
39501 \begin_layout Standard
39502 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39504 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39508 \begin_layout Standard
39509 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39510 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39511 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39515 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39523 \begin_layout Section
39527 \begin_layout Standard
39528 A description of this menu is given in section
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39535 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39542 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39549 \begin_layout Section
39553 \begin_layout Standard
39554 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39561 reference "sub:Margins"
39568 \begin_layout Section
39570 \begin_inset Index idx
39573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39574 Language ! Encoding
39582 \begin_layout Standard
39583 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39584 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39585 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39586 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39587 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39588 known for a particular character).
39592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39593 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39594 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39599 manual for details.
39607 \begin_layout Standard
39608 If you use the option
39612 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39613 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39614 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39615 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39616 exactly one encoding.
39617 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39626 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39627 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39629 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39630 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39644 \begin_layout Standard
39645 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39646 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39647 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39648 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39649 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39650 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39655 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39656 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39657 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39660 \begin_layout Standard
39661 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39664 \begin_layout Description
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39681 , but the LaTeX-package
39686 \begin_inset Index idx
39689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39690 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39696 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39697 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39698 languages in TeX code.
39701 \begin_layout Description
39702 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39703 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39704 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39707 \begin_layout Description
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39716 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39719 \begin_layout Description
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39728 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39731 \begin_layout Description
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39736 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39739 \begin_layout Description
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39748 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39749 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39752 \begin_layout Description
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39761 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39765 \begin_layout Description
39767 \begin_inset space ~
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39774 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39775 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39778 \begin_layout Description
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39784 \begin_inset space ~
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39791 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39798 \begin_layout Description
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39811 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39812 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39815 \begin_layout Description
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39824 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39825 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39826 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_layout Description
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39846 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39847 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39848 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39849 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39860 \begin_layout Description
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39869 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39872 \begin_layout Description
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39881 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39884 \begin_layout Description
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39893 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39896 \begin_layout Description
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39901 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39904 \begin_layout Description
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39909 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39912 \begin_layout Description
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39921 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39924 \begin_layout Description
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39936 \begin_layout Description
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39945 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39948 \begin_layout Description
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39954 \begin_inset space ~
39960 \begin_layout Description
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39969 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39974 \begin_inset Index idx
39977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39978 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39983 , when using this, set the document language to
39988 \begin_layout Description
39990 \begin_inset space ~
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39997 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40001 , when using this, set the document language to
40006 \begin_layout Description
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40015 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40020 \begin_inset Index idx
40023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40024 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40029 , when using this, set the document language to
40034 \begin_layout Description
40036 \begin_inset space ~
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40043 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40047 , when using this, set the document language to
40052 \begin_layout Description
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40061 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40065 , when using this, set the document language to
40070 \begin_layout Description
40072 \begin_inset space ~
40075 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40078 \begin_layout Description
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40091 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40094 \begin_layout Description
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40107 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40108 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40109 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40112 \begin_layout Description
40114 \begin_inset space ~
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40124 \begin_layout Description
40126 \begin_inset space ~
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40133 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40134 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40137 \begin_layout Description
40139 \begin_inset space ~
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40146 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40151 \begin_inset Index idx
40154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40155 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40160 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40163 \begin_layout Description
40165 \begin_inset space ~
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40172 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40176 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40185 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40186 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40200 \begin_layout Description
40202 \begin_inset space ~
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40209 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40214 \begin_inset Index idx
40217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40218 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40223 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40226 \begin_layout Description
40228 \begin_inset space ~
40231 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40236 \begin_inset Index idx
40239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40240 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40246 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40250 \begin_layout Description
40252 \begin_inset space ~
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40263 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40270 \begin_layout Description
40272 \begin_inset space ~
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40283 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40284 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40285 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40289 \begin_layout Description
40291 \begin_inset space ~
40295 \begin_inset space ~
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40302 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40303 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40306 \begin_layout Section
40310 \begin_layout Standard
40311 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40312 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40313 \begin_inset space ~
40317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40319 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40326 \begin_layout Section
40330 \begin_layout Standard
40331 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40336 \begin_inset Index idx
40339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40340 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40350 \begin_inset Index idx
40353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40354 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40359 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40364 \begin_inset Index idx
40367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40368 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40373 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40375 For a further description see section
40376 \begin_inset space ~
40380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40382 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40389 \begin_layout Section
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40394 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40395 and you can define additional indexes.
40396 Please refer to section
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40403 reference "sec:Index"
40410 \begin_layout Section
40414 \begin_layout Standard
40415 The PDF properties are explained in section
40416 \begin_inset space ~
40420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40422 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40429 \begin_layout Section
40433 \begin_layout Standard
40434 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40439 \begin_inset Index idx
40442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40443 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40453 \begin_inset Index idx
40456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40457 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40462 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40465 \begin_layout Standard
40470 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40471 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40474 \begin_layout Standard
40479 is used for special integral characters.
40482 \begin_layout Section
40486 \begin_layout Standard
40487 The float placement options are described in section
40488 \begin_inset space ~
40492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40494 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40501 \begin_layout Section
40505 \begin_layout Standard
40506 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40507 The itemize environment is described in section
40508 \begin_inset space ~
40512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40514 reference "sec:Itemize"
40521 \begin_layout Section
40525 \begin_layout Standard
40526 Branches are described in section
40527 \begin_inset space ~
40531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40533 reference "sec:Branches"
40540 \begin_layout Section
40545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40555 \begin_layout Standard
40556 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40557 to define LaTeX-commands.
40558 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40559 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40563 \begin_layout Standard
40564 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40565 \begin_inset space ~
40569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40571 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40578 \begin_layout Chapter
40584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40586 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40591 \begin_inset Index idx
40594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40603 \begin_layout Standard
40604 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40606 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40610 It has the following submenus.
40613 \begin_layout Section
40617 \begin_layout Subsection
40621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40622 User Interface File
40623 \begin_inset Index idx
40626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40627 Customization ! of toolbars
40633 \begin_inset Index idx
40636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 Customization ! of menus
40645 \begin_layout Standard
40646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40663 \begin_layout Standard
40664 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40665 interface (ui) file.
40666 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40667 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40676 Both files are loaded by the
40681 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40682 files and edit the entries.
40685 \begin_layout Standard
40686 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40698 entries must be ended with an explicit
40723 and in the case of the
40724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40736 The syntax for the entries is:
40739 \begin_layout Standard
40740 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40768 \begin_layout Standard
40770 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40773 All LyX-functions are listed in
40774 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40783 \begin_layout Standard
40784 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40790 \begin_layout Standard
40791 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40793 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40796 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40800 \begin_layout Standard
40801 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40825 \begin_layout Standard
40827 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40830 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40837 \begin_layout Standard
40840 Enable tool tips in main work area
40842 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40846 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40850 \begin_layout Standard
40854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40861 restoring of window layout and geometries
40863 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40864 in the last LyX session.
40867 \begin_layout Standard
40870 Restore cursor positions
40872 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40876 \begin_layout Standard
40879 Load opened files from last session
40881 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40888 name "sub:Backup documents"
40893 \begin_inset Index idx
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40910 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40913 \begin_layout Standard
40918 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40923 \begin_inset space ~
40931 \begin_layout Standard
40934 Open documents in tabs
40936 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40940 \begin_layout Subsection
40942 \begin_inset Index idx
40945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40954 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40961 \begin_layout Standard
40962 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40965 \begin_layout Standard
40966 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40974 This section only deals with the fonts
40979 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40983 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40994 \begin_layout Standard
40995 By default, LyX uses
40999 as roman (serif) font,
41007 (depends on the system) as
41010 \begin_inset space ~
41026 \begin_layout Standard
41027 You can change the font size with the
41032 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41033 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41036 \begin_layout Standard
41041 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41042 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41047 points have the size of 1
41048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41052 \begin_inset space ~
41056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41058 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41065 \begin_layout Standard
41070 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41075 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41076 \begin_inset space ~
41080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41082 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41089 \begin_layout Standard
41092 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41094 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41095 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41096 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41097 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41099 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41100 \begin_inset space ~
41106 \begin_layout Subsection
41108 \begin_inset Index idx
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 \begin_inset Index idx
41121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41130 \begin_layout Standard
41131 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41132 Choose an item in the list and use the
41139 \begin_layout Subsection
41141 \begin_inset Index idx
41144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41153 \begin_layout Standard
41154 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41157 \begin_layout Standard
41162 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41163 This feature is described in section
41164 \begin_inset space ~
41168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41170 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41177 \begin_layout Standard
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41185 \begin_inset space ~
41189 \begin_inset space ~
41194 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41197 \begin_layout Section
41199 \begin_inset Index idx
41202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41211 \begin_layout Subsection
41215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41219 \begin_layout Standard
41222 Cursor follows scrollbar
41224 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41228 \begin_layout Standard
41231 Sort environments alphabetically
41233 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41236 \begin_layout Standard
41239 Group environments by their category
41241 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41244 \begin_layout Standard
41245 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41261 \begin_layout Standard
41262 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41267 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41268 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41272 \begin_layout Subsection
41274 \begin_inset Index idx
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 \begin_inset Index idx
41287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 Settings ! Shortcuts
41296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41300 \begin_layout Standard
41301 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41302 Several binding files are available:
41305 \begin_layout Description
41306 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41309 \begin_layout Description
41310 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41321 \begin_layout Description
41322 mac.bind set of bindings for
41325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41333 \begin_layout Standard
41334 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41338 , and bind files for special languages.
41339 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41344 \begin_inset space \space{}
41348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41356 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41360 \begin_layout Standard
41361 Some bind-files, like
41365 , have only a small scope.
41366 When looking at the the end of the file
41370 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41377 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41382 \begin_inset Index idx
41385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 Key Bindings ! Editing
41394 \begin_layout Standard
41395 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41396 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41397 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41400 Show key-bindings containing
41403 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41404 Insert there for example as keyword
41405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41412 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41422 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41423 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41427 that you will find in the
41434 \begin_layout Standard
41436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41440 \begin_inset space \space{}
41451 , select the function and press the
41456 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41457 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41458 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41459 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41460 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41462 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41464 The binding for the function
41468 is an example of this.
41471 \begin_layout Standard
41472 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41474 The syntax of the entries is:
41477 \begin_layout Standard
41483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41501 \begin_layout Subsection
41503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41513 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41518 \begin_inset Index idx
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41528 \begin_inset Index idx
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41540 \begin_layout Standard
41541 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41542 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41548 \begin_inset space \space{}
41551 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41552 can use the keyboard map file named
41559 \begin_layout Standard
41560 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41576 \begin_layout Standard
41577 Besides this, you can specify here the
41579 Wheel scrolling speed
41582 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41586 \begin_layout Subsection
41588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41590 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41595 \begin_inset Index idx
41598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41607 \begin_layout Standard
41608 Input completion is described in sec.
41609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41615 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41620 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41622 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41623 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41627 \begin_layout Section
41629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41636 \begin_inset Index idx
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 \begin_inset Index idx
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41658 \begin_layout Description
41660 \begin_inset space ~
41663 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41664 It is the default when you
41675 \begin_inset space ~
41683 \begin_layout Description
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41688 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41692 \begin_inset space ~
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41704 \begin_layout Description
41706 \begin_inset space ~
41709 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41715 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41719 \begin_inset Newline newline
41723 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41735 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41743 \begin_layout Description
41745 \begin_inset space ~
41749 \begin_inset Index idx
41752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41758 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41759 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41760 \begin_inset space ~
41764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41766 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41774 will be used to save the backups.
41775 \begin_inset Newline newline
41778 The backup files have the ending
41779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41789 \begin_layout Description
41794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41801 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41802 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41803 \begin_inset Newline newline
41807 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41815 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41823 \begin_layout Description
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41828 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41831 \begin_layout Description
41833 \begin_inset space ~
41836 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41837 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41838 to find it on the system.
41839 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41840 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41849 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41850 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41854 \begin_layout Section
41858 \begin_layout Standard
41859 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41860 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41862 \begin_inset space ~
41866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41868 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41872 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41875 \begin_layout Section
41877 \begin_inset Index idx
41880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41881 Language ! Settings
41887 \begin_inset Index idx
41890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 Settings ! Language
41899 \begin_layout Subsection
41903 \begin_layout Description
41905 \begin_inset space ~
41909 \begin_inset space ~
41912 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41913 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41914 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41915 You find the actual translation status here:
41916 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41918 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41919 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41926 \begin_layout Description
41928 \begin_inset space ~
41931 language is the language used in new documents
41934 \begin_layout Description
41936 \begin_inset space ~
41939 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41941 The default is the LaTeX-command
41947 that loads the package
41955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41957 \begin_inset space ~
41961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41963 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41973 \begin_inset Newline newline
41980 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41981 to the document language.
41982 A text label is, for instance, the word
41983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41990 at the beginning of every table caption.
41993 \begin_layout Description
41995 \begin_inset space ~
41998 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41999 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42000 An example is the start command
42006 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42011 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42026 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42031 \begin_layout Description
42033 \begin_inset space ~
42041 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42042 command toggles the package on and off.
42045 \begin_layout Description
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42057 \begin_layout Description
42058 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42059 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42060 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42061 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42068 \begin_layout Description
42070 \begin_inset space ~
42073 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42075 When this option is not set, the
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42083 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42084 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42087 \begin_inset space ~
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42103 \begin_inset space ~
42109 When it is not set, the
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42117 is set to the end of the document.
42120 \begin_layout Description
42122 \begin_inset space ~
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42129 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42130 language will be underlined blue.
42133 \begin_layout Description
42135 \begin_inset space ~
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42142 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42143 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42146 \begin_layout Description
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42151 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42152 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42153 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42154 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42157 \begin_layout Subsection
42161 \begin_layout Standard
42162 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42163 \begin_inset space ~
42167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42169 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42176 \begin_layout Section
42180 \begin_layout Subsection
42182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42189 \begin_inset Index idx
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 \begin_inset Index idx
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 \begin_layout Description
42213 \begin_inset space ~
42216 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42217 The name will be used when the
42222 \begin_inset Newline newline
42226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42234 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42242 \begin_layout Description
42244 \begin_inset space ~
42248 \begin_inset space ~
42252 \begin_inset space ~
42255 printer This option works only for the
42260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42272 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42273 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42276 \begin_layout Description
42278 \begin_inset space ~
42281 command is the command LyX
42282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42289 LaTeX uses for printing.
42290 The default is on most systems
42297 \begin_layout Description
42299 \begin_inset space ~
42303 \begin_inset space ~
42306 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42307 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42308 of the program that provides the
42315 \begin_layout Subsection
42317 \begin_inset Index idx
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42327 \begin_inset Index idx
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 Settings ! Date format
42339 \begin_layout Standard
42340 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42341 \begin_inset Newline newline
42345 \begin_inset Flex URL
42348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42350 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42356 \begin_inset Newline newline
42359 For example the format
42360 \begin_inset Newline newline
42364 \begin_inset Newline newline
42367 prints the date as day/month/year.
42370 \begin_layout Subsection
42374 \begin_layout Description
42376 \begin_inset space ~
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42383 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42386 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42387 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42389 \begin_inset space ~
42395 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42399 \begin_layout Description
42401 \begin_inset space ~
42404 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42409 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42410 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42413 \begin_layout Subsection
42418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42428 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42433 \begin_inset Index idx
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42445 \begin_layout Description
42450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 \begin_inset space ~
42461 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42466 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42488 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42501 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42502 LyX sets up in the background.
42503 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42506 \begin_layout Description
42508 \begin_inset space ~
42512 \begin_inset space ~
42515 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42520 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42523 \begin_layout Standard
42524 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42525 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42526 manuals of the applications.
42527 Currently the following commands can be set:
42530 \begin_layout Description
42535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42543 \begin_inset space ~
42546 command Command for the program
42550 that is described in the section
42556 Additional Features
42561 \begin_layout Description
42566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 \begin_inset space ~
42577 command Command for the program
42581 that generates the bibliography, see section
42582 \begin_inset space ~
42586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42588 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42595 \begin_layout Description
42597 \begin_inset space ~
42600 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42607 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42614 \begin_layout Description
42616 \begin_inset space ~
42619 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42620 \begin_inset space ~
42624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42626 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42633 \begin_layout Description
42635 \begin_inset space ~
42639 \begin_inset space ~
42643 \begin_inset space ~
42647 \begin_inset space ~
42650 options They only have an effect when the program
42654 is used as DVI-viewer.
42657 \begin_layout Standard
42658 There are additionally the following options:
42661 \begin_layout Description
42663 \begin_inset space ~
42667 \begin_inset space ~
42671 \begin_inset space ~
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42679 \begin_inset space ~
42682 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42700 to separate folders.
42701 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42702 \begin_inset Index idx
42705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42712 \begin_inset Index idx
42715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42724 \begin_layout Description
42726 \begin_inset space ~
42730 \begin_inset space ~
42734 \begin_inset space ~
42738 \begin_inset space ~
42742 \begin_inset space ~
42746 \begin_inset space ~
42749 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42754 dialog when changing the document class.
42757 \begin_layout Section
42759 \begin_inset space ~
42763 \begin_inset Index idx
42766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42775 \begin_layout Subsection
42777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42779 name "sub:Converters"
42784 \begin_inset Index idx
42787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42796 \begin_layout Standard
42797 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42798 from one format to another.
42799 You can modify them or create new ones.
42800 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42807 \begin_inset space ~
42817 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42821 \begin_inset space ~
42826 drop-down list, modify the
42830 field, and press the
42837 \begin_layout Standard
42840 Converter File Cache
42842 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42845 Maximum Age (in days
42848 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42849 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42852 \begin_layout Standard
42853 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42854 the converter definition, is described in the section
42865 \begin_layout Subsection
42867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42869 name "sec:File-Formats"
42874 \begin_inset Index idx
42877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 \begin_inset Index idx
42887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 \begin_layout Standard
42897 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42898 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42902 \begin_layout Standard
42903 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42904 is described in the section
42915 \begin_layout Standard
42916 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42917 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42918 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42919 This is done by specifying a
42924 More about this is described in the section
42935 \begin_layout Chapter
42936 Units available in LyX
42937 \begin_inset Index idx
42940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42949 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42956 \begin_layout Standard
42957 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42960 reference "cap:Units"
42964 explains all units available in LyX.
42967 \begin_layout Standard
42968 \begin_inset Float table
42974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42975 \begin_inset Caption
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43001 \begin_inset Tabular
43002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43003 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43156 scaled point (65536
43157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43217 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43272 % of original image width
43279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43486 \begin_layout Chapter
43488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43497 \begin_layout Standard
43498 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43499 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43502 \begin_layout Itemize
43505 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43508 \begin_layout Itemize
43514 \begin_layout Itemize
43520 \begin_layout Itemize
43526 \begin_layout Itemize
43532 \begin_layout Itemize
43538 \begin_layout Itemize
43544 \begin_layout Itemize
43550 \begin_layout Itemize
43553 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43556 \begin_layout Itemize
43562 \begin_layout Itemize
43568 \begin_layout Itemize
43574 \begin_layout Itemize
43580 \begin_layout Itemize
43586 \begin_layout Itemize
43592 \begin_layout Itemize
43598 \begin_layout Itemize
43604 \begin_layout Itemize
43606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43615 \begin_layout Standard
43616 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43619 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43626 \begin_layout Bibliography
43627 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43628 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43629 LatexCommand bibitem
43636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43639 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43644 \begin_inset Newline newline
43648 \begin_inset Flex URL
43651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43653 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43661 \begin_layout Bibliography
43662 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43664 LatexCommand bibitem
43665 key "latexcompanion"
43669 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43671 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43674 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43677 \begin_layout Bibliography
43678 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43679 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43680 LatexCommand bibitem
43685 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43688 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43691 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43694 \begin_layout Bibliography
43695 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43697 LatexCommand bibitem
43704 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43707 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43710 \begin_layout Bibliography
43711 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43712 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43713 LatexCommand bibitem
43725 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43728 \begin_layout Bibliography
43729 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43731 LatexCommand bibitem
43737 \begin_inset Newline newline
43741 \begin_inset Flex URL
43744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43746 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43754 \begin_layout Bibliography
43755 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43757 LatexCommand bibitem
43763 \begin_inset Newline newline
43767 \begin_inset Flex URL
43770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43772 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43780 \begin_layout Bibliography
43781 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43782 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43783 LatexCommand bibitem
43789 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43791 name "Documentation"
43792 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43801 \begin_inset Newline newline
43805 \begin_inset Flex URL
43808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43810 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43818 \begin_layout Bibliography
43819 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43820 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43821 LatexCommand bibitem
43827 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43829 name "Documentation"
43830 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43834 how to use the program
43839 \begin_inset Newline newline
43843 \begin_inset Flex URL
43846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43848 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43856 \begin_layout Bibliography
43857 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43858 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43859 LatexCommand bibitem
43865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43867 name "Documentation"
43868 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43877 \begin_inset Newline newline
43881 \begin_inset Flex URL
43884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43886 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43894 \begin_layout Bibliography
43895 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43896 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43897 LatexCommand bibitem
43903 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43905 name "Documentation"
43906 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43915 \begin_inset Newline newline
43919 \begin_inset Flex URL
43922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43924 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43932 \begin_layout Bibliography
43933 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43934 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43935 LatexCommand bibitem
43941 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43943 name "Documentation"
43944 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43948 of the LaTeX-package
43953 \begin_inset Index idx
43956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43957 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43963 \begin_inset Newline newline
43967 \begin_inset Flex URL
43970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43972 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43980 \begin_layout Bibliography
43981 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43983 LatexCommand bibitem
43989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43991 name "Documentation"
43992 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43996 of the LaTeX-package
44001 \begin_inset Index idx
44004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44005 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44011 \begin_inset Newline newline
44015 \begin_inset Flex URL
44018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44020 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44028 \begin_layout Bibliography
44029 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44030 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44031 LatexCommand bibitem
44039 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44041 name "Documentation"
44042 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44048 of the LaTeX-package
44053 \begin_inset Index idx
44056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44057 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44063 \begin_inset Newline newline
44067 \begin_inset Flex URL
44070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44072 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44080 \begin_layout Bibliography
44081 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44083 LatexCommand bibitem
44089 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44091 name "Documentation"
44092 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44096 of the LaTeX-package
44101 \begin_inset Index idx
44104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44105 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44111 \begin_inset Newline newline
44115 \begin_inset Flex URL
44118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44120 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44128 \begin_layout Bibliography
44129 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44130 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44131 LatexCommand bibitem
44137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44139 name "Documentation"
44140 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44144 of the LaTeX-package
44149 \begin_inset Index idx
44152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44153 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44159 \begin_inset Newline newline
44163 \begin_inset Flex URL
44166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44168 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44176 \begin_layout Bibliography
44177 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44178 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44179 LatexCommand bibitem
44185 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44187 name "Documentation"
44188 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44192 of the LaTeX-package
44197 \begin_inset Index idx
44200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44201 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44207 \begin_inset Newline newline
44211 \begin_inset Flex URL
44214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44216 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44224 \begin_layout Bibliography
44225 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44226 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44227 LatexCommand bibitem
44233 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44236 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44240 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44241 \begin_inset Newline newline
44245 \begin_inset Flex URL
44248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44250 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44258 \begin_layout Bibliography
44259 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44261 LatexCommand bibitem
44267 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44270 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44274 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44275 \begin_inset Newline newline
44279 \begin_inset Flex URL
44282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44284 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44292 \begin_layout Bibliography
44293 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44294 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44295 LatexCommand bibitem
44301 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44304 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44308 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44309 \begin_inset Newline newline
44313 \begin_inset Flex URL
44316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44318 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44326 \begin_layout Bibliography
44327 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44328 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44329 LatexCommand bibitem
44335 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44338 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44342 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44343 \begin_inset Newline newline
44347 \begin_inset Flex URL
44350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44352 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44360 \begin_layout Bibliography
44361 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44362 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44363 LatexCommand bibitem
44369 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44372 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44376 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44377 \begin_inset Newline newline
44381 \begin_inset Flex URL
44384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44386 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44394 \begin_layout Bibliography
44395 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44396 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44397 LatexCommand bibitem
44403 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44406 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44410 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44411 \begin_inset Newline newline
44415 \begin_inset Flex URL
44418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44420 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44428 \begin_layout Bibliography
44429 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44430 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44431 LatexCommand bibitem
44437 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44440 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44444 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44445 \begin_inset Newline newline
44449 \begin_inset Flex URL
44452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44454 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44462 \begin_layout Bibliography
44463 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44464 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44465 LatexCommand bibitem
44471 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44474 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44478 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44479 \begin_inset Newline newline
44483 \begin_inset Flex URL
44486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44488 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44496 \begin_layout Bibliography
44497 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44498 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44499 LatexCommand bibitem
44505 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44508 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44512 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44513 \begin_inset Newline newline
44517 \begin_inset Flex URL
44520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44522 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44530 \begin_layout Bibliography
44531 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44532 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44533 LatexCommand bibitem
44539 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44542 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44546 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44547 \begin_inset Newline newline
44551 \begin_inset Flex URL
44554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44556 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44564 \begin_layout Bibliography
44565 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44566 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44567 LatexCommand bibitem
44573 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44576 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44580 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44581 \begin_inset Newline newline
44585 \begin_inset Flex URL
44588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44590 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44598 \begin_layout Bibliography
44599 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44600 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44601 LatexCommand bibitem
44607 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44610 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44614 about new features in
44619 \begin_inset Newline newline
44623 \begin_inset Flex URL
44626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44628 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44636 \begin_layout Standard
44637 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44671 \begin_inset Note Note
44674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44681 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44682 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44683 bibliography is the second one:
44691 \begin_layout Standard
44692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44693 LatexCommand bibtex
44694 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44695 options "biblio/alphadin"
44702 \begin_layout Standard
44703 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44706 \begin_layout Standard
44707 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44708 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44714 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44715 LatexCommand printindex